Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Cortland Bancorp

Cortland Bancorp

cldb · OTC Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker cldb
Exchange OTC
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Cortland Bancorp
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549  

FORM 10-K  

(Mark One)  
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014  
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  
For the transition period from              to              

Commission File Number 0-13814  

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)  

Ohio 
(State or Other Jurisdiction 
of Incorporation or Organization) 

194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) 

34-1451118 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

44410 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (330) 637-8040  

Securities registered pursuant to Section l2(b) of the Act: None  

Securities registered pursuant to Section l2(g) of the Act:  

Common Stock, no par value  
(Title of Class)  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.      Yes      No  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.      Yes      No  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (l) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section l3 or l5(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of l934 
during the preceding l2 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing 
requirements for the past 90 days.      Yes      No  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File 
required to be submitted an posted pursuant to Rule405 of Regulation S-T(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such 
shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).      Yes      No  
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§232.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, 
and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of 
the Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.       
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. 
See the definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):  

Large accelerated filer 

 

 (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

Non-accelerated filer 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).      Yes      No  
Based upon the closing price of the registrant’s common stock on June 30, 2014, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates 
of the registrant was approximately $49,284,497. For purposes of this response, directors and executive officers are considered the affiliates of the 
issuer at that date.  
The number of shares outstanding of the issuer’s classes of common stock as of March 17, 2015: 4,527,849 shares  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE  
Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 20, 2015 are incorporated by reference into Part III.  

Accelerated filer 
Smaller reporting company 

 

 

  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
Form 10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2014  
Table of Contents  

Item 1.      
Item 1A.     
Item 1B.     
Item 2.      
Item 3.      
Item 4.      

PART I 
  Business ....................................................................................................................................................... 
  Risk Factors ................................................................................................................................................. 
  Unresolved Staff Comments ........................................................................................................................ 
  Properties ..................................................................................................................................................... 
  Legal Proceedings ....................................................................................................................................... 
  Mine Safety Disclosures .............................................................................................................................. 
PART II 

Item 5. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

Item 6.      
Item 7.      
Item 7A.     
Item 8.      
Item 9.      
Item 9A.     
Item 9B.     

Securities ................................................................................................................................................ 
  Selected Financial Data ............................................................................................................................... 
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ...................... 
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ..................................................................... 
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ........................................................................................... 
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ...................... 
  Controls and Procedures .............................................................................................................................. 
  Other Information ........................................................................................................................................ 
PART III 
  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance .......................................................................... 
  Executive Compensation ............................................................................................................................. 
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters .... 
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ............................................ 
  Principal Accounting Fees and Services ..................................................................................................... 
PART IV 
  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules ............................................................................................... 
Item 15.     
SIGNATURES ............................................................................................................................................................................ 

Item 10.     
Item 11.     
Item 12.     
Item 13.     
Item 14.     

Form 10-K
Page

3
12
17
18
18
18

19
21
22
50
50
96
96
96

96
96
96
96
96

97
98

ii 

  
  
    
     
     
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
 
 
Item l. Business  

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS  
CORTLAND BANCORP  

PART I  

THE CORPORATION  

Cortland Bancorp (the Company) was incorporated under the laws of the State of Ohio in 1984, as a one bank holding company 
registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. The principal activity of the Company is to own, manage and 
supervise The Cortland Savings and Banking Company (Cortland Banks or the Bank). The Company owns all of the outstanding 
shares of the Bank.  

As a financial holding company and a bank holding company, the Company is regulated under the Bank Holding Company Act of 
1956, as amended (BHC Act), and its subsidiaries are subject to inspection, examination and supervision by the Board of Governors of 
the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve), the Ohio Division of Financial Institutions and the Consumer Financial Protection 
Bureau. The BHC Act provides generally for “umbrella” regulation of financial holding companies such as the Company by the 
Federal Reserve Board, and for functional regulation of banking activities by bank regulators, securities activities by securities 
regulators, and insurance activities by insurance regulators. The Company is also under the jurisdiction of the Securities and Exchange 
Commission (SEC) and is subject to the disclosure and regulatory requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as administered by the SEC.  

The business of the Company and the Bank is not seasonal to any significant extent and is not dependent on any single customer or 
group of customers. The Company operates as a single line of business.  

NEW RESOURCES LEASING CO.  

New Resources Leasing Co. was formed in December 1987 under Ohio law as a separate entity to handle the function of commercial 
and consumer leasing. The wholly owned subsidiary has been inactive since incorporation.  

CORTLAND BANKS  

Cortland Banks is a full service, state chartered bank engaged in commercial and retail banking. The Bank’s services include checking 
accounts, savings accounts, time deposit accounts, commercial, mortgage and installment loans, night depository, automated teller 
services, safe deposit boxes and other miscellaneous services normally offered by commercial banks. Commercial lending includes 
commercial, financial and agricultural loans, real estate construction and development loans, commercial real estate loans, small 
business lending and trade financing. Consumer lending includes residential real estate, home equity and installment lending. Cortland 
Banks also offers a variety of Internet and mobile banking options.  

Full service banking business is conducted at a total of twelve offices, seven of which are located in Trumbull County, Ohio. Two 
offices are located in the communities of Windham and Mantua in Portage County, Ohio. One office is located in the community of 
Williamsfield, Ashtabula County, Ohio; two are located in the communities of Boardman and North Lima in Mahoning County, Ohio. 
A mortgage origination office is located in Canfield, also in Mahoning County. 

The Bank’s main administrative and banking office is located at 194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio. The Hubbard, Niles Park 
Plaza, Canfield and Boardman offices are leased, while all of the other offices are owned by Cortland Banks.  

The Bank, as a state chartered banking organization and member of the Federal Reserve, is subject to periodic examination and 
regulation by the Federal Reserve, the State of Ohio Division of Financial Institutions (Ohio Division) and the Consumer Financial 
Protection Bureau (CFPB). These examinations, which include such areas as capital, liquidity, asset quality, management practices 
and other aspects of the Bank’s operations, are primarily for the protection of the Bank’s depositors. In addition to these regular 
examinations, the Bank must furnish periodic reports to regulatory authorities containing a full and accurate statement of its affairs. 
The Bank’s deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).  

3 

 
The Bank provides brokerage and investment services through an arrangement with Investment Professionals, Inc. Under this 
arrangement, financial advisors can offer customers an extensive range of investment products and services, including estate planning, 
qualified retirement plans, mutual funds, annuities, life insurance, fixed income and equity securities and equity research and 
recommendations. Through Investment Professionals, Inc., the Bank also offers asset management services to customers.  

CSB MORTGAGE COMPANY, INC.  

CSB Mortgage Company, Inc. (CSB) was formed as an Ohio corporation in December 2011. It is a wholly-owned subsidiary of 
Cortland Banks and functioned as the originator of wholesale mortgage loans and the seller of company-wide mortgage loans in the 
secondary mortgage market. Its operations were significantly curtailed in September 2013, and substantially all loans were sold during 
the fourth quarter of 2013. The operations of the subsidiary were conducted at the Bank’s main office at 194 West Main Street, 
Cortland, Ohio. It was inactive at December 31, 2014. 

COMPETITION  

The Bank actively competes with state and national banks located in Northeastern Ohio and Western Pennsylvania. It also competes 
for deposits, loans and other service business with a large number of other financial institutions, such as savings and loan associations, 
credit unions, insurance companies, consumer finance companies and commercial finance companies. Also, money market mutual 
funds, brokerage houses and similar institutions provide in a relatively unregulated environment many of the financial services offered 
by banks. In the opinion of management, the principal methods of competition are the rates of interest charged on loans, the rates of 
interest paid on deposit funds, the fees charged for services, and the convenience, availability, timeliness and quality of the customer 
services offered.  

EMPLOYEES  

As of December 31, 2014, the Company, through the Bank, employed 144 full-time and 16 part-time employees. The Company 
provides its employees with a full range of benefit plans and considers its relations with its employees to be satisfactory.  

GENERAL LENDING POLICY  

The Bank has obligations to the communities that it serves. The Bank’s lending policy is designed to provide a framework which will 
meet the credit needs and interests of the community and the Bank.  

It is the Bank’s objective to make loans to credit-worthy customers which benefit their interests. The loans made by the Bank are 
subject to the guidelines established in the loan policy that is approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors.  

The Bank has community branches in four Ohio counties: Trumbull, Portage, Ashtabula and Mahoning. There are times when the 
Bank will go beyond its lending territory to accommodate people who have been customers of the Bank and have moved out of the 
lending area. There are also times when excess funds are available and it is profitable to participate in loans with other banks or to 
participate in large projects for community development.  

Each lending relationship is reviewed and graded in 6 categories, which are (1) ability to pay, (2) financial condition, (3) management 
ability, (4) collateral and guarantors, (5) loan structure, and (6) industry and economics.  

Further information can be found in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Item 7.  

4 

 
 
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION  

The Company and the Bank are subject to federal and state banking laws that are intended to protect depositors and borrowers, not 
shareholders. Changes in federal and state banking laws, including statutes, regulations, and policies of the bank regulatory agencies, 
could have a material adverse impact on our business and prospects. Federal and state laws applicable to holding companies and their 
financial institution subsidiaries regulate the range of permissible business activities, investments, reserves against deposits, capital 
levels, lending activities and practices, the nature and amount of collateral for loans, establishment of branches, mergers, dividends, 
and a variety of other important matters. The Company and the Bank are subject to detailed, complex, and sometimes overlapping 
federal and state statutes and regulations affecting routine banking operations. These statutes and regulations include, but are not 
limited to, state usury and consumer credit laws, the Truth-in-Lending Act and Regulation Z, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and 
Regulation B, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Savings Act, and the Community Reinvestment Act. In addition to minimum 
capital requirements, federal law imposes other safety and soundness standards having to do with such things as internal controls, 
information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, asset 
quality, earnings, and compensation and benefits. The discussion to follow of bank supervision and regulation is qualified in its 
entirety by reference to the statutory and regulatory provisions discussed.  

The Company is a financial holding company and a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 
1956. As such, the Company is subject to regulation, supervision, and examination by the Federal Reserve, acting primarily through 
the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland. The Company is required to file annual reports and other information with the Federal 
Reserve. The Bank is subject to regulation and supervision by the Ohio Division. As a member bank of the Federal Reserve, the Bank 
is also subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve. The Bank is examined periodically by the Federal Reserve and by 
the Ohio Division to test compliance with various regulatory requirements. If as a result of examination the Federal Reserve or the 
Ohio Division determines that a bank’s financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, 
or other aspects of the bank’s operations are unsatisfactory, or that the bank or its management is in violation of any law or regulation, 
the bank regulatory agencies may take a number of remedial actions. In addition, the Bank is subject to regulation and examination by 
the CFPB established by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act enacted in July 2010 (the Dodd-Frank 
Act).  Bank regulatory agencies make regular use of their authority to take formal and informal supervisory actions against banks and 
bank holding companies for unsafe or unsound practices in the conduct of their businesses and for violations of any law, rule, or 
regulation, or any condition imposed in writing by the appropriate federal banking regulatory authority. Potential supervisory and 
enforcement actions include appointment of a conservator or receiver, issuance of a cease-and-desist order that could be judicially 
enforced, termination of a bank’s deposit insurance, imposition of civil money penalties, issuance of directives to increase capital, 
entry into formal or informal agreements, including memoranda of understanding, issuance of removal and prohibition orders against 
institution- affiliated parties, and enforcement of these actions through injunctions or restraining orders.  

Regulation of bank holding companies. A bank holding company must serve as a source of financial and managerial strength for its 
subsidiary banks and must not conduct operations in an unsafe or unsound manner. The Federal Reserve requires all bank holding 
companies to maintain capital at or above prescribed levels. Federal Reserve policy requires that a bank holding company provide 
capital to its subsidiary banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and that the bank holding company maintain the financial 
flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting subsidiary banks. Bank holding companies may also 
be required under certain circumstances to give written notice to and receive approval from the Federal Reserve before purchasing or 
redeeming common stock or other equity securities or paying dividends.  

Acquisitions. The Bank Holding Company Act requires every bank holding company to obtain approval of the Federal Reserve to 
acquire ownership or control of any voting shares of another bank or bank holding company, if after the acquisition the acquiring 
company would own or control more than 5% of the shares of the other bank or bank holding company (unless the acquiring company 
already owns or controls a majority of the shares); acquire all or substantially all of the assets of another bank; or merge or consolidate 
with another bank holding company.  The Federal Reserve will consider anticompetitive effects of the proposed transaction, capital 
adequacy and other financial and managerial factors, along with the subsidiary banks’ performance under the Community 
Reinvestment Act of 1977. Approval of the Ohio Division is also necessary to acquire control of an Ohio-chartered bank.  

The Bank Holding Company Act, the Change in Bank Control Act, and the Federal Reserve Regulation Y require advance approval of 
the Federal Reserve to acquire “control” of a bank holding company. Control is conclusively presumed to exist if an individual or 
company acquires 25% or more of a class of voting securities of the bank holding company.  Under certain circumstances, control 
may also be presumed to exist if a person acquires 10% or more, but less than 25%, of any class of voting securities.  

5 

 
 
Interstate banking and branching. Section 613 of the Dodd-Frank Act amends the interstate branching provisions of the Riegle-Neal 
Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994. The amendments authorize a state or national bank to open a de novo 
branch in another state if the law of the state where the branch is to be located would permit a bank chartered by that state to open the 
branch. Section 607 of the Dodd-Frank Act requires that a bank holding company be well capitalized and well managed as a condition 
to approval of an interstate bank acquisition and that an acquiring bank be and remain well capitalized and well managed as a 
condition to approval of an interstate bank merger. 

Nonbanking activities. With some exceptions, the Bank Holding Company Act prohibits a bank holding company from acquiring or 
retaining direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company that is not a bank or bank 
holding company or from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks, or 
providing services for its subsidiaries. The principal exceptions to these prohibitions involve non-bank activities that, by statute or by 
Federal Reserve regulation or order, are held to be closely related to the business of banking or of managing or controlling banks. A 
bank holding company may become a financial holding company if each of its subsidiary banks is well capitalized under the Federal 
Deposit Insurance Corporation Act of 1991 prompt corrective action provisions, is well managed, and has at least a satisfactory rating 
under the Community Reinvestment Act, by filing a declaration that the bank holding company elects to become a financial holding 
company.  The Company is a financial holding company subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve Board.  No regulatory approval 
is required for a financial holding company to acquire a company, other than a bank or savings association, engaged in activities that 
are financial in nature or incidental to activities that are financial in nature, as determined by the Federal Reserve Board.  

Activities that are “financial in nature” include:  

 

 

 

securities underwriting, dealing and market making;  

sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies;  

insurance underwriting and agency;  

  merchant banking; and  

 

activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be closely related to banking.  

Capital.  Risk-based capital requirements.  Financial institutions and their holding companies are required to maintain capital as a 
way of absorbing losses that can, as well as losses that cannot, be predicted.  The Federal Reserve has adopted risk-based capital 
guidelines for financial holding companies as well as state banks that are members of the Federal Reserve Bank.  The Office of the 
Comptroller of the Currency and the FDIC have adopted risk-based capital guidelines for national banks and state non-member banks, 
respectively.  The guidelines provide a systematic analytical framework which makes regulatory capital requirements sensitive t 
differences in risk profiles among banking organizations, takes off-balance sheet exposures expressly into account in evaluating 
capital adequacy and minimizes disincentives to holding liquid, low-risk assets.  Capital levels as measured by these standards are also 
used to cataegorize financial institutions for purposes of certain prompt corrective action regulatory provisions. Prior to January 1, 
2015, the guidelines included a minimum for the ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8%, with at least half of the ratio 
composed of common shareholders’ equity, minority interests in certain equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries and a limited 
amount of qualifying preferred stock and qualified trust preferred securities, less goodwill and certain other intangible assets (known 
as “Tier 1” risk-based capital).  The guidelines also provided for a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to average assets, or “leverage 
ratio,” of 3% for financial holding companies and bank holding companies that meet certain criteria, including having the highest 
regulatory rating, and 4% for all other financial holding companies and bank holding companies.  

The risk-based capital guidelines adopted by the federal banking agencies are based on the “International Convergence of Capital 
Measurement and Capital Standard” (Basel I), published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”) in 
1988.  In 2004, the Basel Committee published a new capital adequacy framework (Basel II) for large, internationally active banking 
organizations, and in December 2010 and January 2011, the Basel Committee issued an update to Basel II (“Basel III”).  The Basel 
Committee frameworks did not become applicable to banks supervised in the United States until adopted into United States law or 
regulations.  Although the United States banking regulators imposed some of the Basel II and Basel III rules on banks with $250 
billion or more in assets or $10 billion of on-balance sheet foreign exposure, it was not until July 2013 that the United States banking 
regulators issued final (or, in the case of the FDIC, interim final) new capital rules applicable to smaller banking organizations which 
also implement certain of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act (the “Basel III Capital Rules”).  Community banking organizations, 
including the Company and the Bank, began transitioning to the new rules on January 1, 2015.  The new minimum capital 
requirements became effective on January 1, 2015, whereas a new capital conservation buffer and deductions from common equity 
capital phase in from January 1, 2016, through January 1, 2019, and most deductions from common equity tier 1 capital will phase in 
from January 1, 2015, through January 1, 2019.    

6 

 
 
The new rules include (a) a new common equity tier 1 capital ratio of at least 4.5 percent, (b) a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6.0 
percent, rather than the former 4.0 percent, (c) a minimum total capital ratio that remains at 8.0 percent, and (d) a minimum leverage 
ratio of 4%. 

Common equity for the common equity tier 1 capital ratio includes common stock (plus related surplus) and retained earnings, plus 
limited amounts of minority interests in the form of common stock, less the majority of certain regulatory deductions.          

Tier 1 capital includes common equity as defined for the common equity tier 1 capital ratio, plus certain non-cumulative preferred 
stock and related surplus, cumulative preferred stock and related surplus and trust preferred securities that have been grandfathered 
(but which are not permitted going forward), and limited amounts of minority interests in the form of additional Tier 1 capital 
instruments, less certain deductions. 

Tier 2 capital, which can be included in the total capital ratio, includes certain capital instruments (such as subordinated debt) and 
limited amounts of the allowance for loan and lease losses, subject to new eligibility criteria, less applicable deductions. 

The deductions from common equity tier 1 capital include goodwill and other intangibles, certain deferred tax assets, mortgage-
servicing assets above certain levels, gains on sale in connection with a securitization, investments in a banking organization’s own 
capital instruments and investments in the capital of unconsolidated financial institutions (above certain levels).  The deductions phase 
in from 2015 through 2019.   

For institutions with less than $250 billion in assets, the final rules also allow a one-time opportunity to permanently opt-out of a 
requirement to include all components of accumulated other comprehensive income in the capital calculation. To avoid the possibility 
of extreme market volatility in determining capital adequacy, the Company and the Bank has elected to opt-out. 

Under the guidelines, capital is compared to the relative risk related to the balance sheet.  To derive the risk included in the balance 
sheet, one of several risk weights is applied to different balance sheet and off-balance sheet assets, primarily based on the relative 
credit risk of the counterparty.  The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about 
components, risk weightings and other factors.  Some of the risk weightings have been changed effective January 1, 2015. 

The new rules also place restrictions on the payment of capital distributions, including dividends, and certain discretionary bonus 
payments to executive officers if the company does not hold a capital conservation buffer of greater than 2.5 percent composed of 
common equity tier 1 capital above its minimum risk-based capital requirements, or if its eligible retained income is negative in that 
quarter and its capital conservation buffer ratio was less than 2.5 percent at the beginning of the quarter.  The capital conservation 
buffer phases in starting on January 1, 2016, at .625%.  The implementation of Basel III is not expected to have a material impact on 
the Company’s or the Bank’s capital ratios. 

Prompt corrective action.  In addition to the capital adequacy requirements set forth above, every financial institution is classified into 
one of five categories based upon the institution’s capital ratios, the results of regulatory examinations of the institution and whether 
the institution is subject to enforcement agreements with its regulatory authorities. The categories are “well capitalized,” “adequately 
capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized.”  

7 

The capital of the Company and the Bank as of December 31, 2014 were as follows:  

(Amounts in thousands) 

Cortland Bancorp

Amount

Ratio

The Cortland Savings and
Banking Company

Amount 

Ratio

Total capital to risk-weighted assets 
Actual ...................................................................................  $
For capital adequacy purposes .............................................   
To be well capitalized .......................................................... 
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets 
Actual ...................................................................................   
For capital adequacy purposes .............................................   
To be well capitalized .......................................................... 
Tier 1 leverage capital 
Actual ...................................................................................   
For capital adequacy purposes .............................................   
To be well capitalized .......................................................... 

63,704 
32,212 
N/A 

58,705 
16,106 
N/A 

58,705 
22,026 
N/A 

15.82%  $ 
8.00%    
N/A  

14.58%    
4.00%    
N/A  

10.66%    
4.00%    
N/A  

61,191  
31,971  
39,964  

50,192  
15,986  
23,978  

50,192  
21,896  
27,369  

15.31%
8.00%
10.00%

12.56%
4.00%
6.00%

9.17%
4.00%
5.00%

A bank with a capital level that might qualify for well capitalized or adequately capitalized status may nevertheless be treated as 
though the bank is in the next lower capital category if the bank’s primary federal banking supervisory authority determines that an 
unsafe or unsound condition or practice warrants that treatment. A bank’s operations can be significantly affected by its capital 
classification under the prompt corrective action rules. For example, a bank that is not well capitalized generally is prohibited from 
accepting brokered deposits and offering interest rates on deposits higher than the prevailing rate in its market without advance 
regulatory approval. These deposit-funding limitations can have an adverse effect on the bank’s liquidity. At each successively lower 
capital category, an insured depository institution is subject to additional restrictions. Undercapitalized banks are required to take 
specified actions to increase their capital or otherwise decrease the risks to the federal deposit insurance fund. Bank regulatory 
agencies generally are required to appoint a receiver or conservator within 90 days after a bank becomes critically undercapitalized, 
with a leverage ratio of less than 2%. Section 38(f)(2)(I) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act provides that a federal bank regulatory 
authority may require a bank holding company to divest itself of an undercapitalized bank subsidiary if the agency determines that 
divestiture will improve the bank’s financial condition and prospects.  

Effective January 1, 2015, in order to be “well-capitalized,” a bank must have a common equity tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6.5%, a 
total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 8% and a leverage ratio of at least 5%, and the 
bank must not be subject to any written agreement, order, capital directive or prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a 
specific capital level or any capital measure.  The Company’s management believes that the Bank meets the ratio requirements to be 
deemed “well-capitalized” according to the guidelines described above.   

Federal deposit insurance. Deposits in the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to applicable limits through the Deposit Insurance Fund. 
Insured banks must pay deposit insurance premiums assessed semiannually and paid quarterly. The insurance premium amount is 
based upon a risk classification system established by the FDIC and the assessment base of each institution, which is the institution’s 
average total assets minus average tangible equity. Banks with higher levels of capital and a low degree of supervisory concern are 
assessed lower premiums than banks with lower levels of capital or a higher degree of supervisory concern. Effective January 1, 2009, 
the FDIC increased assessment rates uniformly for all risk categories by 7 cents for the first quarter 2009 assessment period. In 2009, 
the FDIC adopted a rule that imposed a special assessment on banks payable in September 2009 and that allowed the FDIC to impose 
additional special assessments to replenish the Deposit Insurance Fund, which was badly depleted by bank failures. As an alternative 
to imposing additional special assessments on insured depository institutions or borrowing from the U.S. Treasury, on November 12, 
2009, the FDIC adopted a proposal to increase deposit insurance assessments effective on January 1, 2011, and to require all insured 
depository institutions to prepay by the end of 2009 their deposit insurance assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for the 
entirety of 2010 through 2012. Institutions recorded the prepaid FDIC insurance assessments as an asset as of December 31, 2009, 
later charging the assessments to expense in the periods to which the assessments apply.  

The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution if the FDIC determines that the institution has 
engaged or is engaging in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any 
applicable law, regulation, order, or any condition imposed in writing by or written agreement with the FDIC.  

Selected regulations. Transactions with affiliates. The Bank must comply with section 23A and section 23B of the Federal Reserve 
Act, establishing rules for transactions by member banks with affiliates. These provisions protect banks from abuse in financial 
transactions with affiliates. Generally, section 23A and section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act (1) limit the extent to which a bank or 
its subsidiaries may lend to or engage in various other kinds of transactions with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of the 

8 

  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
institution’s capital and surplus (2) limit the aggregate of covered transactions with all affiliates to 20% of capital and surplus, 
(3) impose strict collateral requirements on loans or extensions of credit by a bank to an affiliate, (4) impose restrictions on 
investments by a subsidiary bank in the stock or securities of its holding company, (5) impose restrictions on the use of a holding 
company’s stock as collateral for loans by the subsidiary bank, and (6) require that affiliate transactions be on terms substantially the 
same as those provided to a non-affiliate.  

Loans to insiders. The authority of the Bank to extend credit to insiders –meaning executive officers, directors, and greater than 10% 
shareholders – or to entities those persons control, is subject to section 22(g) and section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and 
Regulation O of the Federal Reserve. These laws require that insider loans be made on terms substantially similar to those offered to 
unaffiliated individuals, place limits on the amount of loans a bank may make to insiders based in part on the bank’s capital position, 
and require specified approval procedures. Loans to an individual insider may not exceed the general legal limit on loans to any one 
borrower. The aggregate of all loans to all insiders may not exceed the bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Insider loans exceeding 
the greater of 5% of capital or $25,000 must be approved in advance by a majority of the board, with any interested director not 
participating in the voting. Loans to executive officers are subject to additional imitations based on the purpose of the loan. A 
violation of these restrictions could result in the assessment of substantial civil money penalties, the imposition of a cease-and-desist 
order, or other regulatory sanctions.  

Loans to one borrower. Under Ohio law, the total loans and extensions of credit by an Ohio-chartered bank to a person outstanding at 
any time generally may not exceed 15% of the bank’s unimpaired capital, plus 10% of unimpaired capital for loans and extensions of 
credit fully secured by readily marketable collateral.  

Dividends and Distributions. Shareholders of an Ohio corporation are entitled to dividends when, as, and if declared by the 
corporation’s board of directors. Future dividends will depend on earnings, financial condition, results of operations, business 
prospects, capital requirements, regulatory restrictions, and other factors that the board of directors may deem relevant.  

The Company’s ability to obtain funds for the payment of cash dividends and for other cash requirements depends on the amount of 
dividends that may be paid by the Bank to the Company. Under Ohio law, a dividend may be declared by a bank from surplus, 
meaning additional paid-in capital, with the approval of (x) the Ohio Division and (y) the holders of two-thirds of the bank’s 
outstanding shares. Superintendent approval is also necessary for payment of a dividend if the total of all cash dividends in a year 
exceeds the sum of (x) net income for the year and (y) retained net income for the two preceding years. According to the Federal 
Reserve, it is a prudent banking practice to continue paying cash dividends if and only if the bank or holding company’s net income 
over the past year is sufficient to fully fund the dividends and if the prospective rate of earnings retention is consistent with the 
organization’s capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition. Relying on 12 U.S.C. 1818(b), the Federal Reserve may 
restrict a member bank’s ability to pay a dividend if the Federal Reserve has reasonable cause to believe that the dividend would 
constitute an unsafe and unsound practice. A bank’s ability to pay dividends may be affected also by the Federal Reserve’s capital 
maintenance requirements and prompt corrective action rules.  

A bank holding company may not purchase or redeem its equity securities without advance written approval of the Federal Reserve 
under Federal Reserve Rule 225.4(b) if the purchase or redemption, when combined with all other purchases and redemptions by the 
bank holding company during the preceding 12 months, equals or exceeds 10% of the bank holding company’s consolidated net 
worth. However, advance approval is not necessary if the bank holding company is well managed, is not the subject of any unresolved 
supervisory issues, and both before and immediately after the purchase or redemption is well capitalized.  

Developments affecting management and corporate governance. In June 2010, the federal banking agencies jointly published their 
final Guidance on Sound Incentive Compensation Policies. The goal is to enable financial organizations to manage the safety and 
soundness risks of incentive compensation arrangements and to assist them with identification of improperly structured compensation 
arrangements. To ensure that incentive compensation arrangements do not encourage employees to take excessive risks that 
undermine safety and soundness, the incentive compensation guidance sets forth these key principles – -incentive compensation 
arrangements should provide employees incentives that appropriately balance risk and financial results in a manner that does not 
encourage employees to expose the organization to imprudent risk, -these arrangements should be compatible with effective controls 
and risk management, and these arrangements should be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective 
oversight by the board of directors.  

To implement the interagency guidance, a financial organization must regularly review incentive compensation arrangements for all 
executive and non-executive employees who, either individually or as part of a group, have the ability to expose the organization to 
material amounts of risk, as well as to regularly review the risk-management, control, and corporate governance processes related to 
these arrangements. The organization must immediately correct any identified deficiencies in compensation arrangements or processes 
that are inconsistent with safety and soundness and must ensure that incentive compensation arrangements are consistent with the 
principles discussed in the guidance.  

9 

In addition to numerous provisions that affect the business of banks and bank holding companies, the Dodd-Frank Act includes a 
number of provisions affecting corporate governance and executive compensation. The corporate governance and compensation 
provisions include: (1) a requirement that public companies solicit a Say-on-Pay vote, a Say-on-Frequency vote and, in the event of a 
merger or other extraordinary transaction, a Say-on-Golden Parachute vote; (2) requirements that the SEC adopt rules directing the 
securities exchanges to adopt listing standards with respect to compensation committee independence and the use of consultants; 
(3) provisions calling for the SEC to adopt expanded disclosure requirements for the annual proxy statement and other filings, 
particularly in the area of executive compensation; and (4) provisions that will require the adoption or revision of certain other 
policies, such as compensation recovery policies providing for the recovery of executive compensation in the event of a financial 
restatement. The SEC and the stock exchanges have adopted rules implementing many of these requirements, while still others are 
proposed or yet to be proposed.    

Consumer protection laws and regulations. Banks are subject to regular examination to ensure compliance with federal statutes and 
regulations applicable to their business, including consumer protection statutes and implementing regulations, some of which are 
discussed below. Potential penalties under these laws include, but are not limited to, fines. The Dodd-Frank Act established the CFPB, 
which has extensive regulatory and enforcement powers over consumer financial products and services.  Since the appointment of a 
director for the CFPB in January 2012, the CFPB has adopted numerous rules with respect to consumer protection laws, amending 
some existing regulations and adopting new ones.  It has also commenced enforcement actions.  The following are just some of the 
consumer protection laws applicable to the Bank.      

Community Reinvestment Act. Under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (the CRA) and implementing regulations of the 
federal banking agencies, a financial institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation – consistent with safe and sound operation 
– to fulfill the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. But the CRA does not 
establish specific lending requirements nor does the CRA limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services 
the institution believes are best suited to the community. The CRA requires that bank regulatory agencies conduct regular CRA 
examinations and provide written evaluations of institutions’ CRA performance. The CRA also requires that an institution’s CRA 
performance rating be made public. Federal bank regulatory agencies consider CRA performance evaluations when they evaluate 
applications for such things as mergers, acquisitions, and applications to open branches. The Bank’s most recent CRA performance 
rating is “satisfactory.”   

Equal Credit Opportunity Act. The Equal Credit Opportunity Act generally prohibits discrimination in any credit transaction, whether 
for consumer or business purposes, on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, marital status, age (except in limited 
circumstances), receipt of income from public assistance programs, or good faith exercise of any rights under the Consumer Credit 
Protection Act.  

Truth in Lending Act. The Truth in Lending Act is designed to ensure that credit terms are disclosed in a meaningful way so that 
consumers may compare credit terms more readily and knowledgeably. As a result of the Truth in Lending Act, all creditors must use 
the same credit terminology to express rates and payments, including the annual percentage rate, the finance charge, the amount 
financed, the total of payments, and the payment schedule, among other things.  

Fair Housing Act. The Fair Housing Act makes it unlawful for any lender to discriminate in its housing-related lending activities 
against any person because of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, handicap, or familial status.  

Home Mortgage Disclosure Act. The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act requires financial institutions to collect data that enable 
regulatory agencies to determine whether the financial institutions are serving the housing credit needs of the neighborhoods and 
communities in which they are located. The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act also requires the collection and disclosure of data about 
applicant and borrower characteristics as a way to identify possible discriminatory lending patterns.  

Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act. The Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act requires that lenders provide borrowers with 
disclosures regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements. The Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act also prohibits abusive 
practices that increase borrowers’ costs, such as kickbacks and fee-splitting without providing settlement services.  
Privacy. Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, all financial institutions are required to establish policies and procedures to restrict the 
sharing of non-public customer data with non-affiliated parties and to protect customer data from unauthorized access. In addition, the 
Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1971 includes many provisions concerning national credit reporting standards and permits consumers to 
opt out of information-sharing for marketing purposes among affiliated entities.  

Predatory lending. What is commonly referred to as predatory lending typically involves one or more of the following elements: 
making unaffordable loans based on a borrower’s assets rather than the borrower’s ability to repay an obligation; inducing a borrower 
to refinance a loan repeatedly in order to charge high points and fees each time the loan is refinanced, or loan flipping; and engaging 
in fraud or deception to conceal the true nature of the loan obligation from an unsuspecting or unsophisticated borrower.  

10 

The Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994 and implementing regulations adopted by the Federal Reserve require 
specified disclosures and extend additional protection to borrowers in closed-end consumer credit transactions, such as home repairs 
or renovation, that are secured by a mortgage on the borrower’s primary residence. The Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act 
prohibits or restricts numerous credit practices, including loan flipping by the same lender or loan servicer within a year of the loan 
being refinanced. Lenders are presumed to have violated the law unless they document that the borrower has the ability to repay.  

Monetary policy. The earnings of financial institutions are affected by the policies of regulatory authorities, including monetary 
policy of the Federal Reserve. An important function of the Federal Reserve is regulation of aggregate national credit and money 
supply, relying on measures such as open market transactions in securities, establishment of the discount rate on bank borrowings, and 
changes in reserve requirements against bank deposits. These methods are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth 
and distribution of financial institutions’ loans, investments, and deposits, and they also affect interest rates charged on loans or paid 
on deposits. Monetary policy is influenced by many factors, including inflation, unemployment, short-term and long-term changes in 
the international trade balance, and fiscal policies of the United States government. Federal Reserve Board monetary policy has had a 
significant effect on the operating results of financial institutions in the past and it will continue to influence operating results in the 
future.  

Anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism legislation. The Bank Secrecy Act of 1970 requires financial institutions to maintain 
records and report transactions to prevent the financial institutions from being used to hide money derived from criminal activity and 
tax evasion. The Bank Secrecy Act establishes (a) record-keeping requirements to assist government enforcement agencies with 
tracing financial transactions and flow of funds, (b) reporting requirements for Suspicious Activity Reports and Currency Transaction 
Reports to assist government enforcement agencies with detecting patterns of criminal activity, (c) enforcement provisions authorizing 
criminal and civil penalties for illegal activities and violations of the Bank Secrecy Act and its implementing regulations, and (d) safe 
harbor provisions that protect financial institutions from civil liability for their cooperative efforts.  

The Treasury’s Office of Foreign Asset Control administers and enforces economic and trade sanctions against targeted foreign 
countries, entities, and individuals based on U.S. foreign policy and national security goals. As a result, financial institutions must 
scrutinize transactions to ensure that they do not represent obligations of or ownership interests in entities owned or controlled by 
sanctioned targets.  

Signed into law on October 26, 2001, the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 enhances the powers of domestic law enforcement 
organizations to resist the international terrorist threat to United States security. Title III of the legislation, the International Money 
Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001, most directly affects the financial services industry, enhancing the 
federal government’s ability to fight money laundering through monitoring of currency transactions and suspicious financial activities. 
Financial institutions must establish due diligence policies, procedures, and controls reasonably designed to detect and report money 
laundering through correspondent accounts and private banking accounts, share information with law enforcement about individuals, 
entities, and organizations engaged in or suspected of engaging in terrorist acts or money laundering activities, and comply with 
regulations setting forth minimum standards regarding customer identification. These regulations require financial institutions to 
implement reasonable procedures for verifying the identity of any person seeking to open an account, maintain records of the 
information used to verify the person’s identity, and consult lists of known or suspected terrorists and terrorist organizations provided 
to the financial institution by government agencies.  

Volcker Rule. In December 2013, five federal agencies adopted a final regulation implementing the Volcker Rule provision of the 
Dodd-Frank Act (the “Volcker Rule”).  The Volcker Rule places limits on the trading activity of insured depository institutions and 
entities affiliated with a depository institution, subject to certain exceptions.  The trading activity includes a purchase or sale as 
principal of a security, derivative, commodity future or option on any such instrument in order to benefit from short-term price 
movements or to realize short-term profits.  The Volcker Rule exempts specified U.S. Government, agency and/or municipal 
obligations, and it excepts trading conducted in certain capacities, including as a broker or other agent, through a deferred 
compensation or pension plan, as a fiduciary on behalf of customers, to satisfy a debt previously contracted, repurchase and securities 
lending agreements and risk-mitigating hedging activities.  

The Volcker Rule also prohibits a banking entity from having an ownership interest in, or certain relationships with, a hedge fund or 
private equity fund, with a number of exceptions.  Included among those prohibited investments are certain collateralized debt 
obligations (CDOs) collateralized by trust preferred securities (TruPS). While the five regulatory agencies issued an Interim Final 
Rule on January 14, 2014, granting relief from the prohibition against holding certain CDOs secured by TruPS issued by bank or thrift 
holding companies, the relief does not extend to CDOs collateralized by TruPS issued by insurance companies (iTruPS).  The 
Company maintained a position in nine iTruPS, which were sold in early 2014.  

The Company has no other investments prohibited by the Volcker Rule and does not engage in any of the trading activities governed 
by the Volcker Rule. 

11 

AVAILABLE INFORMATION 

The Company files an annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to 
those reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934 
Amended (the Exchange Act). The Company’s website is www.cortland-banks.com. The Company makes available through its 
website, free of charge, the reports filed with the SEC, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed, or 
furnished to, the SEC. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other 
information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov. The public may read and copy any materials filed 
with the Commission at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days 
during the hours of 10:00 am to 3:00 pm. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by 
calling the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330.  

Item 1A. Risk Factors  

Like all financial companies, the Company’s business and results of operations are subject to a number of risks, many of which are 
outside of our control. In addition to the other information in this report, readers should carefully consider that the following important 
factors could materially impact our business and future results of operations.  

Our business may be adversely affected by conditions in the financial markets, the real estate market and economic conditions 
generally.  

Negative developments in the capital markets in recent years resulted in uncertainty in the financial markets and an economic 
downturn. The housing market declined, resulting in decreasing home prices and increasing delinquencies and foreclosures. The credit 
performance of mortgage and construction loans resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions, including 
government-sponsored entities and major commercial and investment banks. The declines in the performance and value of mortgage 
assets encompassed all mortgage and real estate asset types, leveraged bank loans and nearly all other asset classes, including equity 
securities. These write-downs have caused many financial institutions to seek additional capital or to merge with larger and stronger 
institutions. Some financial institutions have failed. Although improvements in the U.S. economy have occurred, housing prices are 
still depressed and in some markets. While unemployment levels have improved, there are concerns over whether such improvements 
in the U.S. economy will continue. Moreover, the economy could be severely negatively affected by disagreements in the federal 
government with respect to the budget and the debt ceiling, and economic problems in Europe add to volatility in the U.S. capital 
markets. 

Negative economic developments would likely adversely affect our business and results of operations, as well as those of our 
customers. As a result, we may experience increased foreclosures, delinquencies and customer bankruptcies, as well as decreased loan 
demand.  

The enactment of new legislation and increased regulatory oversight may significantly affect our financial condition and results of 
operations.  

The Federal Reserve Board, Congress, the Treasury, the FDIC and others have taken numerous actions to address the current liquidity 
and credit situation in the financial markets. These measures include actions to encourage loan restructuring and modification for 
homeowners; the establishment of significant liquidity and credit facilities for financial institutions and investment banks; the 
lowering of the federal funds rate; and coordinated efforts to address liquidity and other weaknesses in the banking sector. The long-
term effect of actions already taken as well as new legislation is unknown. Continued or renewed instability in the financial markets 
could weaken public confidence in financial institutions and adversely affect our ability to attract and retain new customers.  

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act. This law is significantly changing the regulation of financial 
institutions and the financial services industry. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of 
regulations with significant discretion.  While some of the provisions have already been implemented, many still have not, and the 
effects they will have on our company will not be known for years.  

Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act apply directly only to institutions much larger than ours, and some will affect only 
institutions with different charters than ours or institutions that engage in activities in which we do not engage. Among the provisions 
that may have an effect on our business that has not yet been fully experienced are the following:  

 

the Dodd-Frank Act created a Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to adopt and enforce consumer 
protection regulations;  

  new capital regulations for bank holding companies have been adopted, which impose stricter requirements, and any new 

trust preferred securities will no longer count toward Tier I capital;  

12 

 
 
 

the assessment base for determining deposit insurance premiums has been expanded to include liabilities other than just 
deposits; and  

  new corporate governance requirements applicable generally to all public companies in all industries require, or will 
require when implemented, new compensation practices, including requiring companies to “claw back” incentive 
compensation under certain circumstances and to consider the independence of compensation advisers, and new executive 
compensation disclosure requirements.  

Although it is impossible for us to predict at this time all the effects the Dodd-Frank Act will have on us and the rest of our industry, it 
is possible that our non-interest income could decrease, both our interest expense and our non-interest expense could increase, deposit 
insurance premiums could change, and steps may need to be taken to increase qualifying capital. We expect that our operating and 
compliance costs will increase and could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.  

In addition to laws, regulations and actions directed at the operations of banks, proposals to reform the housing finance market 
consider winding down Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which could negatively affect our loan sales.  

Adverse changes in the financial markets may adversely impact our results of operations.  

The global financial markets have experienced increased volatility in recent years. While we generally invest in securities issued by 
U.S. government agencies and sponsored entities and U.S. state and local governments with limited credit risk, certain investment 
securities we hold possess higher credit risk since they represent beneficial interests in structured investments collateralized by 
residential mortgages, debt obligations and other similar asset-backed assets. Regardless of the level of credit risk, all investment 
securities are subject to changes in market value due to changing interest rates, implied credit spreads and credit ratings.  

Over the last few years, structured investments, like our collateralized debt obligations, have been subject to significant market 
volatility due to the uncertainty of the credit ratings, deterioration in credit losses occurring within certain types of residential 
mortgages, changes in prepayments of the underlying collateral and the lack of transparency related to the investment structures and 
the collateral underlying the structured investment vehicles. These conditions have resulted in our recognizing impairment charges on 
certain investment securities during 2010 and 2009. Given recent market conditions and changing economic factors, we may be 
required to recognize additional impairment changes on securities held in our investment portfolio in the future.  

We may be compelled to seek additional capital in the future but may not be able to access capital when needed.  

Federal banking agencies have adopted extensive changes to their capital requirements, including raising required amounts and 
eliminating inclusion of certain instruments from the calculation of capital. Should we experience significant loan losses, we may need 
additional capital. In addition, we may elect to raise additional capital to support our business, to finance acquisitions, if any, or for 
other purposes. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on our financial performance, conditions in the capital 
markets, economic conditions and a number of other factors, many of which are outside of our control. There can be no assurance, 
therefore, that we can raise additional capital at all or on terms acceptable to us. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed or 
desired, it may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and prospects.  

A default by another larger financial institution could adversely affect financial markets generally.  

The commercial soundness of many financial institutions may be closely interrelated as a result of relationships between the 
institutions. As a result, concerns about, or a default or threatened default by, one institution could lead to significant market-wide 
liquidity and credit problems, losses or defaults by other institutions. This “systemic risk” may adversely affect our business.  

Changes in national and local economic and political conditions could adversely affect our earnings, as our borrowers’ ability to 
repay loans and the value of the collateral securing our loans decline and as loans and deposits decline.  

There are inherent risks associated with our lending activities, including credit risk, which is the risk that borrowers may not repay 
outstanding loans or the value of the collateral securing loans will decrease. Conditions such as inflation, recession, unemployment, 
changes in interest rates and money supply and other factors beyond our control may adversely affect the ability of our borrowers to repay 
their loans and the value of collateral securing the loans, which could adversely affect our earnings. Because we have a significant amount 
of real estate loans, a decline in the value of real estate could have a material adverse effect on us. As of December 31, 2014, 83% of our 
loan portfolio consisted of commercial, commercial real estate, real estate construction and installment, all of which are generally viewed 
as having more risk of default than residential real estate loans and all of which, with the exception of installment loans, are typically 
larger than residential real estate loans. Residential real estate loans held in the portfolio are typically originated using conservative 
underwriting standards that do not include sub-prime lending. We attempt to manage credit risk through a program of underwriting 
standards, the review of certain credit decisions and an on-going process of assessment of the quality of the credit already extended. 
Economic and political changes could also adversely affect our deposits and loan demand, which could adversely affect our earnings and 
financial condition. Since substantially all of our loans are to individuals and businesses in Ohio, any decline in the economy of this 
market area could have a materially adverse effect on our credit risk and on our deposit and loan levels.  

13 

Changes in interest rates could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.  

Our results of operations depend substantially on our net interest income, which is the difference between (i) the interest earned on loans, 
securities and other interest-earning assets and (ii) the interest paid on deposits and borrowings. These rates are highly sensitive to many 
factors beyond our control, including general economic conditions, inflation, recession, unemployment, money supply and the policies of 
various governmental and regulatory authorities. If the interest we pay on deposits and other borrowings increases at a faster rate than the 
interest we receive on loans and other investments, our net interest income and therefore earnings, could be adversely affected. Earnings 
could also be adversely affected if the interest we receive on loans and other investments falls more quickly than the interest we pay on 
deposits and borrowings. While we have taken measures intended to manage the risks of operating in a changing interest rate 
environment, there can be no assurance that these measures will be effective in avoiding undue interest rate risk.  

Increases in interest rates also can affect the value of loans and other assets, including our ability to realize gains on the sale of assets. 
We originate loans for sale and for our portfolio. Increasing interest rates may reduce the origination of loans for sale and 
consequently the fee income we earn on such sales. Further, increasing interest rates may adversely affect the ability of borrowers to 
pay the principal or interest on loans and leases, resulting in an increase in non-performing assets and a reduction of income 
recognized.  

Increases in FDIC insurance premiums may have a material adverse effect on our earnings.  

During the last few years, there have been higher levels of bank failures, which dramatically increased resolution costs of the FDIC 
and depleted the deposit insurance fund. In order to maintain a strong funding position and restore reserve ratios of the deposit 
insurance fund, the FDIC increased assessment rates of insured institutions uniformly by 7 basis points (7 cents for every $100 of 
deposits) for 2009 and 2010. Additional changes were also made to require riskier institutions to pay a larger share of premiums by 
factoring in rate adjustments based on secured liabilities and unsecured debt levels.  

The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the EESA) instituted two temporary programs to further insure customer 
deposits at FDIC-member banks: deposit accounts became insured up to $250,000 per customer (up from $100,000) and noninterest 
bearing transactional accounts became fully insured (unlimited coverage). Since then, the Dodd-Frank Act made the increase in the 
standard maximum insurance amount permanent, and the unlimited coverage of non-interest bearing transactions accounts had been 
extended until December 31, 2012. This unlimited coverage was not extended past that date.  

The FDIC also adopted a rule that imposed a special assessment for the second quarter of 2009 and adopted a rule requiring insured 
institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 
2012. An institution’s assessment for 2011 and 2012 was increased by 3 basis points.  

Effective April 1, 2011, the assessment base was changed from total domestic deposits to average total assets minus average tangible 
equity. The new regulations also changed the assessment for larger institutions and the assessment rate schedules.  

We are generally unable to control the amount of premiums that we are required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there are additional 
financial institution failures, we may be required to pay higher FDIC premiums. Increases in FDIC insurance premiums may 
materially adversely affect our results of operations and our ability to continue to pay dividends on our common shares at the current 
rate or at all.  

Our allowance for loan losses may be insufficient.  

We maintain an allowance for loan losses to provide for probable loan losses based on management’s quarterly analysis of the loan 
portfolio. The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States (GAAP) requires management to make significant estimates that affect the financial statements. One of our most critical 
estimates is the level of the allowance for loan losses. Due to the inherent nature of these estimates, we cannot provide absolute 
assurance that we will not be required to charge earnings for significant unexpected loan losses. For more information on the 
sensitivity of these estimates, refer to the discussion of our “Critical Accounting Policies” in this report.  

14 

We maintain an allowance for loan losses that we believe is a reasonable estimate of known and inherent losses within the loan 
portfolio. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of 
our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of loans. In deciding whether to 
extend credit or enter into other transactions with customers and counterparties, we may rely on information provided to us by 
customers and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. We may also rely on representations of 
customers and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on 
reports of independent auditors. For example, in deciding whether to extend credit to a business, we may assume that the customer’s 
audited financial statements conform with GAAP and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of 
operations and cash flows of the customer. We may also rely on the audit report covering those financial statements. Our financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows could be negatively impacted to the extent that we rely on financial statements that do 
not comply with GAAP or on financial statements and other financial information that are materially misleading.  

Through a periodic review and consideration of the loan portfolio, management determines the amount of the allowance for loan 
losses by considering general market conditions, credit quality of the loan portfolio, the collateral supporting the loans and 
performance of customers relative to their financial obligations with us. The amount of future losses is susceptible to changes in 
economic, operating and other conditions, including changes in interest rates, which may be beyond our control, and these losses may 
exceed current estimates. We cannot fully predict the amount or timing of losses or whether the loss allowance will be adequate in the 
future. If our assumptions prove to be incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our 
loan portfolio, resulting in additions could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. In 
addition, federal and state regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses as part of their examination process and may 
require management to increase the allowance or recognize further loan charge-offs based on judgments different than those of 
management. Any increase in the provision for loan losses would decrease our pretax and net income.  

If we foreclose on collateral property and own the underlying real estate, we may be subject to the increased costs associated with 
the ownership of real property, resulting in reduced revenues.  

We may have to foreclose on collateral property to protect our investment and may thereafter own and operate such property, in which 
case we will be exposed to the risks inherent in the ownership of real estate. The amount that we, as a mortgagee, may realize after a 
default is dependent upon factors outside of our control, including, but not limited to: (i) general or local economic conditions; 
(ii) neighborhood values; (iii) interest rates; (iv) real estate tax rates; (v) operating expenses of the mortgaged properties; (vi) supply of 
and demand for rental units or properties; (vii) ability to obtain and maintain adequate occupancy of the properties; (viii) zoning laws; 
(ix) governmental rules, regulations and fiscal policies; and (x) acts of God. Certain expenditures associated with the ownership of real 
estate, principally real estate taxes and maintenance costs, may adversely affect the income from the real estate. Therefore, the cost of 
operating a real property may exceed the rental income earned from such property, and we may have to advance funds in order to 
protect our investment, or we may be required to dispose of the real property at a loss. The foregoing expenditures and costs could 
adversely affect our ability to generate revenues, resulting in reduced levels of profitability.  

Environmental liability associated with commercial lending could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations.  

In the course of our business, we may acquire, through foreclosure, commercial properties securing loans that are in default. There is a 
risk that hazardous substances could be discovered on those properties. In this event, we could be required to remove the substances 
from and remediate the properties at our cost and expense. The cost of removal and environmental remediation could be substantial. 
We may not have adequate remedies against the owners of the properties or other responsible parties and could find it difficult or 
impossible to sell the affected properties. These events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of 
operation.  

The loss of key members of our senior management team could adversely affect our business.  

We believe that our success depends largely on the efforts and abilities of our senior management. Their experience and industry 
contacts significantly benefit us. In addition, our success depends in part upon senior management’s ability to implement our business 
strategy. The competition for qualified personnel in the financial services industry is intense, and the loss of services of any of our 
senior executive officers or an inability to continue to attract, retain and motivate key personnel could adversely affect our business. 
We cannot assure you that we will be able to retain our existing key personnel or attract additional qualified personnel.  

Loss of key employees may disrupt relationships with certain customers.  

Our business is primarily relationship-driven in that many of our key employees have extensive customer relationships. Loss of a key 
employee with such customer relationships may lead to the loss of business if the customers were to follow that employee to a 
competitor. While we believe our relationships with our key producers is good, we cannot guarantee that all of our key personnel will 
remain with our organization. Loss of such key personnel, should they enter into an employment relationship with one of our 
competitors, could result in the loss of some of our customers.  

15 

We operate in an extremely competitive market, and our business will suffer if we are unable to compete effectively.  

In our market area, we encounter significant competition from other banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, mortgage 
banking firms, securities brokerage firms, asset management firms and insurance companies. The increasingly competitive 
environment is a result primarily of changes in regulation and the accelerating pace of consolidation among financial service 
providers. The Company is smaller than many of our competitors. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources and 
lending limits than we do and may offer services that we do not or cannot provide.  

Our ability to pay cash dividends is limited.  

We are dependent primarily upon the earnings of our operating subsidiaries for funds to pay dividends on our common shares. The 
payment of dividends by us and our subsidiaries is subject to certain regulatory restrictions. As a result, any payment of dividends in 
the future will be dependent, in large part, on our ability to satisfy these regulatory restrictions and our subsidiaries’ earnings, capital 
requirements, financial condition and other factors. Although our financial earnings and financial condition have allowed us to declare 
and pay periodic cash dividends to our shareholders, there can be no assurance that our dividend policy or size of dividend distribution 
will continue in the future.  

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain.  

Management’s accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of 
operations. Our management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of these accounting policies and methods in 
order to ensure that they comply with generally accepted accounting principles and reflect management’s judgment as to the most 
appropriate manner in which to record and report our financial condition and results of operations. One of the most critical estimates is 
the level of the allowance of loan losses. Due to the inherent nature of these estimates, we cannot provide absolute assurance that we 
will not significantly increase the allowance for loan losses or sustain loan losses that are significantly higher than the provided 
allowance.  

Material breaches in security of our systems or those of third-party service providers may have a significant effect on our business.  

We collect, process and store sensitive consumer data by utilizing computer systems and telecommunications networks operated by 
both us and third-party service providers. We have security and backup and recovery systems in place, as well as a business continuity 
plan, to ensure the computer systems will not be inoperable, to the extent possible. We also have implemented security controls to 
prevent unauthorized access to the computer systems and require our third-party service providers to maintain similar controls. 
However, management cannot be certain that these measures will be successful. A security breach of the computer systems and loss of 
confidential information, such as customer account numbers and related information, could result in a loss of customers’ confidence 
and, thus, loss of business. In addition, unauthorized access to or use of sensitive data could subject us to litigation and liability and 
costs to prevent further such occurrences.  

The Bank’s necessary dependence upon automated systems to record and process the bank’s transaction volumes poses the risk that 
technical system flaws or employee errors, tampering or manipulation of those systems will result in losses and may be difficult to 
detect. The company’s subsidiary bank may also be subject to disruptions of the operating system arising from events that are beyond 
the bank’s control (for example, computer viruses, cyber attacks preventing customer access, electrical or telecommunications 
outages, natural disasters, terrorism or international hostilities). The Bank is further exposed to the risk that the third-party service 
providers may be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations (or will be subject to the same risks as the Bank). These disruptions 
may interfere with service to the Bank’s customers, cause additional regulatory scrutiny and result in a financial loss or liability.  

Trading in our common shares is very limited, which may adversely affect the time and the price at which you can sell your 
Company common shares.  

Although the common shares of the Company are quoted on the OTC Market, trading in the Company’s common shares is not active, 
and the spread between the bid and the asked price is often wide. As a result, you may not be able to sell your shares on short notice, 
and the sale of a large number of shares at one time could temporarily depress the market price. The price at which you may be able to 
sell your common shares may be significantly lower than the price at which you could buy the Company’s common shares at that 
time.  

Our organizational documents may have the effect of discouraging a third party from acquiring us.  

Our articles of incorporation and code of regulations contain provisions, including a staggered board of directors and a supermajority 
vote requirement, that make it more difficult for a third party to gain control or acquire us without the consent of the board of 
directors. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and may make it more difficult for dissident shareholders to elect 
representatives as directors and take other corporate actions.  

16 

Future expansion may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.  

We may acquire other financial institutions or parts of institutions in the future and may open new branches. We also may consider 
and enter into new lines of business or offer new products or services. Expansions of our business involve a number of expenses and 
risks, including:  

 

 

 

the time and costs associated with identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions;  

the potential inaccuracy of estimates and judgments used to evaluate credit, operations, management and market risk with 
respect to the target institutions;  

the time and costs of evaluating new markets, hiring local management and opening new offices, and the delay between 
commencing these activities and the generation of profits from the expansion;  

  our ability to finance an acquisition or other expansion and the possible dilution to our existing shareholders;  

 

 

 

 

 

the diversion of management’s attention to the negotiation of a transaction and the integration of the operations and 
personnel of the combining businesses;  
entry into unfamiliar markets;  
the introduction of new products and services into our existing business;  

the incurrence and possible impairment of goodwill associated with an acquisition and possible adverse short-term effects 
on our results of operations; and  
the risk of loss of key employees and customers.  

We may incur substantial costs to expand, and we can give no assurance that such expansion will result in the levels of profits we 
expect. Neither can we assure that integration efforts for any future acquisitions will be successful. We may issue equity securities in 
connection with acquisitions, which could dilute the economic and voting interests of our existing shareholders.  

Changes in accounting standards could materially impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

The Company’s accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how our financial condition and results of operations are 
recorded and reported. The accounting standard setters, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC, and other 
regulatory bodies, from time to time may change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how the Company 
records and reports financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, the Company could be required to apply a new or 
revised standard retroactively, resulting in changes to previously reported financial results, or a cumulative charge to retained 
earnings. Management may be required to make difficult, subjective, or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain. 
Materially different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions.  

The Company undertakes no obligation and disclaims any intention to publish revised information or updates to forward-looking 
statements contained in the above risk factors or in any other statement made at any time by any director, officer, employee or other 
representative of the Company unless and until any such revisions or updates are required to be disclosed by applicable securities laws 
or regulations.  

Changes in tax laws could adversely affect our performance.  

We are subject to extensive federal, state and local taxes, including income, excise, sales/use, payroll, franchise, withholding and ad 
valorem taxes. Changes to our taxes could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, our customers are 
subject to a wide variety of federal, state and local taxes. Changes in taxes paid by our customers may adversely affect their ability to 
purchase homes or consumer products, which could adversely affect their demand for our loans and deposit products. In addition, such 
negative effects on our customers could result in defaults on the loans we have made and decrease the value of mortgage-backed 
securities in which we have invested.  

The effect of changes to the healthcare laws in the United States may increase the number of employees who choose to participate 
in our healthcare plans, which may significantly increase our healthcare costs and negatively impact our financial results.  

We offer healthcare coverage to our eligible employees with part of the cost subsidized by the Company. With recent changes to the 
healthcare laws in the United States effective in 2014, more of our employees may choose to participate in our health insurance plans, 
which could increase our costs for such coverage and material adversely impact our costs of operations. 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments — Not applicable to the Company because it is a smaller reporting company.  

17 

 
Item 2. Properties  
The Company owns no property. Its operations are conducted at 194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio.  

Full service banking business is conducted at a total of twelve offices, including:  

BOARDMAN 
Victor Hills Plaza 
6538 South Avenue 
Boardman, Ohio 44512 
330-629-9151 

BRISTOL 
6090 State Route 45 
Bristolville, Ohio 44402 
330-889-3062 

BROOKFIELD 
7202 Warren-Sharon Road 
Brookfield, Ohio 44403 
330-448-6814 

CORTLAND 
194 West Main Street 
Cortland, Ohio 44410 
330-637-8040 

HUBBARD 
890 West Liberty Street 
Hubbard, Ohio 44425 
330-534-2265 

MANTUA 
11661 State Route 44 
Mantua, Ohio 44255 
330-274-3111 

NILES PARK PLAZA 
815 Youngstown-Warren Road 
Suite 1 
Niles, Ohio 44446 
330-652-8700 

NORTH LIMA 
9001 Market Street 
North Lima, Ohio 44452 
330-758-5884 

VIENNA 
4434 Warren-Sharon Road 
Vienna, Ohio 44473 
330-394-1438 

WARREN 
2935 Elm Road 
Warren, Ohio 44483 
330-372-1520 

WILLIAMSFIELD 
5917 U.S. Route 322 
Williamsfield, Ohio 44093 
440-293-7502 

WINDHAM 
8950 Maple Grove Road 
Windham, Ohio 44288 
330-326-2340 

The Bank’s main and administrative office is located at 194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio. A mortgage origination office is 
located in Canfield, Ohio. The Hubbard, Niles Park Plaza, Canfield and Boardman offices are leased, while all of the other offices are 
owned by Cortland Banks.  

Item 3. Legal Proceedings  

The Bank is involved from time to time in legal actions arising in the ordinary course of the Bank’s business. In the opinion of 
management, the outcomes from such legal proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, are not expected to have any material 
effect on the Company.  

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures – Not applicable 
Executive Officers of the Registrant  
The names, ages and positions of the executive officers as of March 24, 2015 are as follows:  

Name 
James M. Gasior .......................................................................   55 
49 
Timothy Carney .......................................................................

   Age 

   Position Held 
   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 

Executive Vice President, Chief Operations Officer, Secretary 
and Director 

David J. Lucido ........................................................................   57 
Stanley P. Feret ........................................................................   54 

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
   Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer 

18 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
Principal Occupation and Business Experience of Executive Officers  
During the past five years the business experience of each of the executive officers has been as follows:  

Mr. Gasior succeeded Mr. Fantauzzi as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank beginning November 2, 
2009. Mr. Gasior is a director of the Company and the Bank since November of 2005. He is a Certified Public Accountant, a member 
of the American Institute of CPA’s and the Ohio Society of CPA’s. Previously, Mr. Gasior served as Senior Vice President, Chief 
Financial Officer and Secretary of the Company and the Bank from November 2005. Mr. Gasior served as Senior Vice President of 
Lending and Administration of the Company and the Bank from April 1999 to October 2005.  

Mr. Carney was elected as Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Secretary of the Company and the Bank on 
November 2, 2009. Mr. Carney was appointed to the Board of Directors on November 2, 2009 to serve the unexpired term of 
Lawrence Fantauzzi. Mr. Carney was elected as Senior Vice President and Chief Operations Officer of the Company on April 22, 
2008. He was Senior Vice President and Chief Operations Officer of the Bank from May 1999 to November 2009.  

Mr. Lucido was appointed Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank on January 18, 2010. 
Previously, he served as Corporate Vice President and Treasurer of First Place Bank (2008-2010) and Vice President and Manager of 
Holding Company Accounting for National City Bank (1994-2007).  

Mr. Feret was appointed Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Company and the Bank on March 10, 2010. 
Previously, Mr. Feret served as Senior Vice President of Huntington National Bank from June 2007 to March 2010 and Senior Vice 
President of Sky Bank from August 2004 to June 2007.  

PART II  

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities  
The following is information regarding market information, holders and dividends.  

The Company files quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, an annual report on Form 10-K, current reports on Form 8-K, and proxy 
statements, as well as any amendments to those reports and statements, with the SEC pursuant to section 13(a) or (15)d of the 
Exchange Act. In 2015, the Company’s quarterly reports will be filed within 45 days of the end of each quarter, and the Company’s 
annual report will be filed within 90 days of the end of the year. Any person may access these reports and statements free of charge, as 
soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC, by visiting our web site at 
www.cortland-banks.com or by writing to:  

Deborah L. Eazor  
Cortland Bancorp  
194 West Main Street  
Cortland, Ohio 44410  

The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov where our filings and other information may be obtained free of charge.  

The Company’s common shares trade on the OTCQX under the symbol CLDB. The following brokerage firm is known to be 
relatively active in trading the Company’s common shares:  

Boenning & Scattergood  
9916 Brewster Lane  
Powell, OH 43065  
Telephone: 866-326-8113  

19 

 
The following table shows the dividends declared during the periods indicated and the prices at which the common shares of the 
Company have actually been purchased and sold in market transactions. The range of market prices is compiled from data available 
from the OTCQX, a financial marketplace for 10,000 U.S. and global securities that recently expanded to include financial institutions 
that meet the capital requirements and disclosure commitments as established by the OTC.  The data may not necessarily represent all 
transactions. As of March 17, 2015, the Company had approximately 1,404 shareholders of record.  

2014 
Fourth Quarter ........................   $ 
Third Quarter ..........................     
Second Quarter .......................     
First Quarter ...........................     
2013 
Fourth Quarter ........................   $ 
Third Quarter ..........................     
Second Quarter .......................     
First Quarter ...........................     
2012 
Fourth Quarter ........................   $ 
Third Quarter ..........................     
Second Quarter .......................     
First Quarter ...........................     

High 

Price Per Share 
Low 

Close 

      Cash Dividends 
Declared Per Share

15.95     $
13.85      
13.00      
11.00      

10.75     $
10.48      
10.85      
11.00      

10.49     $
10.25      
10.01      
8.25      

13.50     $
11.80      
10.51      
10.25      

9.40     $
9.10      
9.95      
9.75      

9.55     $
9.26      
7.95      
6.60      

15.75      $ 
13.50        
11.90        
10.60        

10.25      $ 
9.45        
10.00        
10.40        

9.70      $ 
9.65        
9.20        
7.95        

0.05 
0.05 
0.05 
0.03 

0.03 
0.03 
0.03 
0.03 

0.03 
— 
— 
— 

For current share prices, please access our website at www.cortland-banks.com.  

The Bank is subject to a dividend restriction that generally limits the amount of dividends that can be paid by an Ohio state-chartered 
bank. Under the Ohio Banking Code, cash dividends may not exceed net profits as defined for that year combined with retained net 
profits for the two preceding years less any required transfers to surplus. Under this formula, the amount available for payment of 
dividends in 2015 is $4.4 million plus 2015 profits retained up to the date of the dividend declaration.  

For the convenience of shareholders, the Company has established a plan whereby shareholders may have their dividends 
automatically reinvested in the common shares of the Company. Participation in the plan is completely voluntary and shareholders 
may withdraw at any time.  

Shareholder and General Inquiries 
Cortland Bancorp 
194 West Main Street 
Cortland, Ohio 44410 
(330) 637-8040 
Attention: Deborah L. Eazor 
Vice President 
DLEazor@cortland-banks.com 

Transfer Agent 

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC 
6201 15th Avenue 
Brooklyn, NY 11219 
(888) 509-4619 

Please contact our transfer agent directly for assistance in changing your address, elimination of duplicate mailings, transferring shares 
or replacing lost, stolen or destroyed share certificates. Other questions regarding your status as a shareholder of the Company may be 
addressed to the Company at the address above.  

The Company did not repurchase any of its common shares during 2014 or sell any of its shares without registration during 2014, 
2013 or 2012. 

20 

  
 
  
 
 
 
 
     
 
    
         
         
         
 
    
         
         
         
 
    
         
         
         
 
  
  
  
 
 
Item 6. Selected Financial Data  

SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS 
 Total interest income ........................................................................................................  $
Total interest expense ........................................................................................................   
 Net interest income (NII) .................................................................................................   
Provision for loan losses ...................................................................................................   
 NII after loss provision .....................................................................................................   
Security gains (losses) including impairment losses ........................................................   
 Mortgage banking gains ...................................................................................................   
Other income .....................................................................................................................   
 Total non-interest income .............................................................................................   
Total non-interest expenses ...............................................................................................   
 Income before tax expense (benefit) ............................................................................   
Federal income tax expense (benefit) ...............................................................................   
 Net income ...................................................................................................................  $

PER COMMON SHARE DATA (1) 
Earnings per share .............................................................................................................  $
Cash dividends declared per share ....................................................................................   
Book value .........................................................................................................................   
BALANCE SHEET DATA 
Assets .................................................................................................................................  $
Investment securities .........................................................................................................   
Loans held for sale ............................................................................................................   
Loans .................................................................................................................................   
Allowance for loan losses .................................................................................................   
Deposits .............................................................................................................................   
Borrowings ........................................................................................................................   
Subordinated debt ..............................................................................................................   
Shareholders’ equity ..........................................................................................................   
AVERAGE BALANCES 
Assets .................................................................................................................................  $
Investment securities .........................................................................................................   
Loans .................................................................................................................................   
Loans held for sale ............................................................................................................   
Deposits .............................................................................................................................   
Borrowings ........................................................................................................................   
Subordinated debt ..............................................................................................................   
Shareholders’ equity ..........................................................................................................   
ASSET QUALITY RATIOS 
Loan charge-offs ...............................................................................................................   $
Recoveries on loans ...........................................................................................................    
Net charge-offs ..................................................................................................................   $

Net charge-offs as a percentage of average total loans .....................................................    
Loans 30+ days delinquent as a percentage of total loans ................................................    
Nonperforming loans .........................................................................................................   $
Nonperforming securities ..................................................................................................    
Other real estate owned .....................................................................................................    
Total nonperforming assets ...............................................................................................   $

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non-performing loans................................   
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of: 

Total assets ....................................................................................................................    
Equity plus allowance for loan losses ...........................................................................    
Tier I capital ..................................................................................................................    

FINANCIAL RATIOS 
Return on average equity ...................................................................................................    
Return on average assets ...................................................................................................    
Effective tax rate ...............................................................................................................    
Average equity-to-average asset ratio ...............................................................................    
Tangible equity ratio .........................................................................................................    
Cash dividend payout ratio ................................................................................................    
Net interest margin ............................................................................................................    

(In thousands of dollars, except for ratios and per share amounts) 
Years Ended December 31, 
2012 

2013 

2011 

   $

20,060       $
3,404      

21,015       $ 
4,071      

2014 

20,665   
2,884   
17,781   
1,638   
16,143   
915   
440   
2,772   
4,127   
15,499   
4,771   
902   
3,869   

16,656   

650      
16,006      
(1,234 )    
1,491      
2,488      
2,745   
16,879      
1,872   

88      

$

1,784   

$

   $

0.85   
0.18   
12.33   

   $

   $

568,932   
170,108   
632   
360,185   
5,202   
456,761   
44,759   
5,155   
55,852   

542,542   
175,000   
325,747   
814   
428,468   
46,886   
5,155   
53,648   

(594 ) 
394   
(200 ) 

   $

   $

0.06 %   
2.22 %   
9,237   
779   
40   
10,056   

   $

   $

56.32 %  

1.77 %  
16.47   
17.13   

7.21 %   
0.71   
18.91   
9.89   
10.66   
21.18   
3.67   

0.39       $
0.12      
10.94      

556,918       $
168,133      
656      
346,833      
3,764      
448,669      
46,404      
5,155      
49,535      

540,510       $
181,051      
306,411      
12,003      
435,550      
44,127      
5,155      
49,449      

(1,022 )     $
311      
(711 )     $

0.23 %   
0.54 %   
6,120       $
1,203      
33      
7,356       $

61.50 %  

1.32 %  
13.80   
13.39   

3.61 %   
0.33      
4.70      
9.15      
10.35      
30.77      
3.41      

21,110     $
4,732      
16,378      
1,196      
15,182      
680      
162      
2,607      
3,449      
13,366      
5,265      
1,193      
4,072     $

0.90     $
—       
10.10      

519,830     $
185,916      
947      
289,096      
3,058      
422,765      
42,273      
5,155      
45,719      

493,728     $
186,872      
260,755      
325      
395,561      
43,734      
5,155      
44,589      

(832 )    $
193      
(639 )    $

0.25%    
1.01%    
4,714     $
1,542      
437      
6,693     $

64.87%    

1.29%    
13.70      
12.94      

9.13%    
0.82      
22.66      
9.03      
10.39      
—       
3.72      

2010 

21,872   
6,367   
15,505   
505   
15,000   
(1,694 ) 
236   
2,694   
1,236   
12,344   
3,892   
621   
3,271   

0.72   
—   
9.25   

500,273   
188,458   
262   
265,179   
2,501   
391,509   
57,901   
5,155   
41,852   

486,588   
191,546   
237,251   
373   
378,242   
58,317   
5,155   
39,480   

(616 ) 
175   
(441 ) 

0.19 %
1.23 %
3,858   
3,767   
848   
8,473   

64.83 %

1.69 %
19.07   
18.11   

8.29 %
0.67   
15.96   
8.11   
9.65   
—   
3.59   

16,944   

3,020      
13,924      
(157 )    
1,772      
2,573      
4,188   
15,357      
2,755   
(158 )    
2,913   

 $ 

0.64       $ 
0.03      
10.93      

582,240       $ 
184,646      
24,756      
317,282      
3,825      
476,901      
46,051      
5,155      
49,452      

528,075       $ 
183,514      
287,723      
13,311      
424,337      
44,054      
5,155      
48,598      

(2,415 )     $ 
162      
(2,253 )     $ 

0.78 %   
0.94 %   
5,668       $ 
674      
145      
6,487       $ 

67.48 % 

1.11 % 
12.16   
12.01   

5.99 %   
0.55      
(5.74 )    
9.20      
9.63      
4.69      
3.58      

(1)  Basic earnings per common share are based on weighted average shares outstanding. Cash dividends per common share are based 

on actual cash dividends declared. Book value per common share is based on shares outstanding at each period.  

For more information see Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Item 8, 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.  

21 

  
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
  
 
 
  
    
  
  
    
     
    
     
     
      
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
    
  
  
    
     
    
     
     
      
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
    
  
  
    
     
    
     
     
      
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
    
  
  
    
     
    
     
     
      
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
   
    
  
  
    
     
    
     
     
      
  
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
    
  
  
    
     
    
     
     
      
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  

The following schedules show average balances of interest-earning and non interest-earning assets and liabilities, and shareholders’ 
equity for the years indicated. Also shown are the related amounts of interest earned or paid and the related average yields or interest 
rates paid for the years indicated. The averages are based on daily balances.  

Average 
Balance 
Outstanding  

2014
Interest 
Earned 
or Paid   

(Fully taxable equivalent basis in thousands of dollars) 
2013
Interest 
Earned 
or Paid   

Average 
Balance 
Outstanding  

Yield 
or Rate      

Yield 
or Rate      

2012

Average 
Balance 
Outstanding 

Interest 
Earned 
or Paid

Yield 
or 
Rate   

Interest-earning assets: 

Interest-earning deposits and other earning assets ........   $ 

6,686  $

21   

0.31%    $

10,010  $

30   

0.29 % 

   $ 

10,369  $

31   0.29%

Available-for-sale securities (Note 1, 2, 3): 
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies 

and corporations ..................................................     

States of the U.S. and political subdivisions -  

taxable ..................................................................     

States of the U.S. and political subdivisions - 

nontaxable ............................................................     

U.S. Government mortgage-backed pass through 

certificates ............................................................     
Other securities ..........................................................     
Total available-for-sale securities .................................     
Trading securities (Note 1, 2, 3) ...................................     
Loans (Note 1, 2, 3, 4)...................................................     
Total interest-earning assets ..........................................     
Noninterest-earning assets: 

Cash and due from banks ..............................................     
Premises and equipment ................................................     
Other assets ...................................................................     

7,229      
6,553      
20,513      
Total assets ......................................................................   $  542,542      
 Interest-bearing liabilities: 

9,004   

210   

2.33%  

6,551   

130   

4,779   

165   

3.45%  

4,690   

157   

44,157    2,182   

4.94%  

37,356    1,878   

6,200   

103,228    2,230   
197   
167,368    4,984   
397   
326,561    16,154   
508,247  $ 21,556   

7,632   

2.16%  
3.18%  
2.98%  
5.20%  
4.95%     
4.24%  

110,186    1,928   
16,929   
414   
175,712    4,507   
230   
318,414    16,032   
509,475  $20,799   

5,339   

7,476      
6,680      
16,879      
540,510      

$

Deposits: 

   Interest-bearing demand deposits ..................................   $ 
Savings ..........................................................................     
Time ...............................................................................     
Total interest-bearing deposits ......................................     
 Borrowings: 

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase .............     
Subordinated debt ..........................................................     
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - short term ..........     
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - long term ..........     
Total borrowings .............................................................     
Total interest-bearing liabilities ....................................     
 Noninterest-bearing liabilities: 

178   
92,338  $
114,955   
67   
130,245    1,449   
337,538    1,694   

0.19%  
$
0.06%     
1.11%     
0.50%  

177   
91,386  $
117,808   
83   
140,585    1,842   
349,779    2,102   

3   
4,141   
88   
5,155   
156   
17,541   
943   
25,204   
52,041    1,190   
389,579  $ 2,884   

0.07%     
1.70%     
0.89%     
3.74%     
2.29%  
0.74%  

3   
3,453   
90   
5,155   
10,706   
135   
29,968    1,074   
49,282    1,302   
399,061  $ 3,404   

1.98 % 

3.35 % 

5.03 % 

1.75 % 
2.45 % 
2.56 %   
4.31 %   
5.03 % 
4.08 %   

0.19 %   
0.07 % 
1.31 % 
0.60 %   

0.09 % 
1.75 % 
0.66 % 
4.88 % 
2.64 %   
0.85 %   

14,609   

346   2.37%

663   

21   3.17%

39,697    2,118   5.34%

108,881    2,414   2.22%
19,664   
532   2.70%
183,514    5,431   2.96%
—   —%
301,034    16,306   5.42%
494,917  $21,768   4.40%

—   

7,862      
6,524      
18,772      
$  528,075      

$ 

151   0.18%
83,129  $
107,147   
106   0.10%
156,527    2,441   1.56%
346,803    2,698   0.78%

5   0.11%
4,559   
100   1.94%
5,155   
6,575   
79   1.20%
32,920    1,189   3.61%
49,209    1,373   2.79%
396,012  $ 4,071   1.03%

90,930      
Demand deposits ...........................................................     
8,385      
Other liabilities ..............................................................     
Shareholders' equity ..........................................................     
53,648      
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity .....................   $  542,542      
Net interest income ...........................................................        
Net interest rate spread (Note 5) .......................................        
Net interest margin (Note 6) .............................................        

  $ 18,672      

3.50%  
3.67%  

85,771      
6,229      
49,449      
540,510      

$

77,534      
5,931      
48,598      
$  528,075      

  $17,395      

  $17,697     

3.23 %   
3.41 %   

  3.37%

  3.58%

22 

  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
     
      
      
     
    
      
      
     
     
      
    
  
     
      
      
  
    
      
      
  
      
      
    
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
 
  
     
 
  
     
      
      
     
    
      
      
     
     
      
    
  
      
  
    
      
  
     
    
  
      
  
    
      
  
     
    
  
      
  
    
      
  
     
    
  
      
     
      
     
    
  
     
      
      
     
    
      
      
     
     
      
    
  
     
      
      
  
       
      
      
  
        
      
    
  
     
     
 
  
     
      
      
     
    
      
      
     
     
      
    
  
     
     
     
     
 
  
 
  
     
      
      
     
    
      
      
     
     
      
    
  
      
  
    
      
  
     
    
  
      
  
    
      
  
     
    
  
      
     
 
      
     
  
    
  
      
     
      
     
    
  
     
    
     
     
  
      
   
    
      
   
     
      
      
   
    
      
   
     
      
Note 1 –  Includes both taxable and tax exempt securities and loans. 
Note 2 –  The amounts are presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis using the statutory rate of 34%, and have been adjusted to 

reflect the effect of disallowed interest expenses related to carrying tax-exempt assets. The tax equivalent income adjustment 
for loans and investments available-for-sale and trading was $34,000 and $857,000, respectively, for December 31, 2014; 
$39,000 and $700,000, respectively, for December 31, 2013; and $46,000 and $707,000, respectively, for December 31, 
2012.  

Note 3 –  Average balance outstanding includes the average amount outstanding of all non-accrual investment securities and loans. 

Investment securities consist of average total principal adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount and 
include both taxable and tax-exempt securities. Loans consist of average total loans, including loans held for sale, less 
average unearned income. 

Note 4 –  Interest earned on loans includes net loan fees of $487,000 in 2014, $292,000 in 2013 and $336,000 in 2012. 
Note 5 –  Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on earning assets and the rate paid on interest-bearing 

liabilities.  

Note 6 –  Net interest margin is calculated by dividing the net interest income by total interest-earning assets. 

FINANCIAL REVIEW  

The following is management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. The 
discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes and summary financial 
information included elsewhere in this annual report.  

NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS  

The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a “safe harbor” for forward-looking statements. In addition to historical 
information, certain information included in this discussion and other materials filed or to be filed by the Company with the SEC 
(as well as information included in oral statements or other written statements made or to be made by the Company) may contain 
forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The words “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “projects,” 
“contemplates,” “anticipates,” “forecasts,” “intends,” or similar terminology identify forward-looking statements. These statements 
reflect management’s beliefs and assumptions, and are based on information currently available to management.  

Economic circumstances, the Company’s operations and actual results could differ significantly from those discussed in any forward-
looking statements. Some of the factors that could cause or contribute to such differences are changes in the economy and interest 
rates either nationally or in the Company’s market area, including the impact of the impairment of securities; political actions, 
including failure of the United States Congress to raise the federal debt ceiling or the imposition of changes in the federal budget; 
changes in customer preferences and consumer behavior; increased competitive pressures or changes in either the nature or 
composition of competitors; changes in the legal and regulatory environment; changes in factors influencing liquidity, such as 
expectations regarding the rate of inflation or deflation, currency exchange rates, and other factors influencing market volatility; 
changes in assumptions underlying the establishment of reserves for possible loan losses, reserves for repurchase of mortgage loans 
sold and other estimates; and risks associated with other global economic, political and financial factors.  

While actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements, the Company undertakes no 
obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statement for any reason, even if new information becomes available.  

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES  

The discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operation are based upon the Consolidated Financial 
Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP). The preparation 
of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of 
assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the Company’s 
consolidated financial statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.  

Certain accounting policies involve significant judgments and assumptions by management which has a material impact on the 
carrying value of certain assets and liabilities; management considers such accounting policies to be critical accounting policies. The 
judgments and assumptions used by management are based on historical experience and other factors, which are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances.  

Management believes the following are critical accounting policies that require the most significant judgments and estimates used in 
the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

23 

  
Accounting for the Allowance for Loan Losses  

The determination of the allowance for loan losses and the resulting amount of the provision for loan losses charged to operations 
reflects management’s current judgment about the credit quality of the loan portfolio and takes into consideration changes in lending 
policies and procedures, changes in economic and business conditions, changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio and, in the 
terms of loans, changes in the experience, ability and depth of lending management, changes in the volume and severity of past due, 
non-accrual and adversely classified or graded loans, changes in the quality of the loan review system, changes in the value of 
underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans, the existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and the effect of 
competition, legal and regulatory requirements and other external factors. The nature of the process by which we determine the 
appropriate allowance for loan losses requires the exercise of considerable judgment. While management utilizes its best judgment and 
information available, the ultimate adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond our control, including the 
performance of the loan portfolio, the economy, changes in interest rates and the view of the regulatory authorities toward loan 
classifications. The allowance is increased by the provision for loan losses and decreased by charge-offs when management believes 
the uncollectibility of a loan is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. A weakening of the economy 
or other factors that adversely affect asset quality could result in an increase in the number of delinquencies, bankruptcies or defaults 
and a higher level of non-performing assets, net charge offs, and provision for loan losses in future periods.  

The Company’s allowance for loan losses methodology consists of three elements: (i) specific valuation allowances based on probable 
losses on specific loans; (ii) valuation allowances based on historical loan loss experience for similar loans with similar characteristics 
and trends; and (iii) general valuation allowances based on general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal 
and external to the Company. These elements support the basis for determining allocations between the various loan categories and the 
overall adequacy of our allowance to provide for probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio.  

With these methodologies, a general allowance is established for each loan type based on historical losses for each loan type in the 
portfolio. Additionally, management allocates a specific allowance for “Impaired Credits,” which is based on current information and 
events, if it is probable the Company will not collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. 
The level of the general allowance is established to provide coverage for management’s estimate of the credit risk in the loan portfolio 
by various loan segments not covered by the specific allowance. Additional information regarding allowance for credit losses can be 
found in Item 8, Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.  

Investment Securities and Impairment  

The classification and accounting for investment securities is discussed in detail in Item 8, Notes 1 and 2 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements. Investment securities must be classified as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, or trading. The appropriate classification is 
based partially on the Company’s ability to hold the securities to maturity and largely on management’s intentions, if any, with respect 
to either holding or selling the securities. The classification of investment securities is significant since it directly impacts the 
accounting for unrealized gains and losses on securities. Unrealized gains and losses on trading securities, if any, flow directly through 
earnings during the periods in which they arise, whereas available-for-sale securities are recorded as a separate component of 
shareholders’ equity (accumulated other comprehensive income or loss) and do not affect earnings until realized. The fair values of the 
Company’s investment securities are generally determined by reference to quoted market prices and reliable independent sources. At 
each reporting date, the Company assesses whether there is an “other-than-temporary” impairment to the Company’s investment 
securities. Such impairment must be recognized in current earnings rather than in other comprehensive income (loss).  

For debt securities, ASC topic 320 requires an entity to assess whether it has the intent to sell the debt security or it is more-likely-
than-not that it will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. If either of these conditions is met, an other-
than-temporary-impairment (OTTI) loss on the security must be recognized.  

In instances in which a determination is made that a credit loss (defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows 
expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis) exists but the entity does not intend to sell the debt security and it is not more-
likely-than-not that the entity will be required to sell the debt security before the anticipated recovery of its remaining amortized cost 
basis (i.e., the amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss), ASC topic 320 changes the presentation and amount of the 
OTTI recognized in the income statement.  

In these instances, the impairment is separated into the amount of the total impairment related to the credit loss and the amount of the 
total impairment related to all other factors. The amount of the total OTTI related to the credit loss is recognized in earnings. The 
amount of the total impairment related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). The total OTTI is 
presented in the income statement with an offset for the amount of the total OTTI that is recognized in other comprehensive income 
(loss). In determining the amount of impairment related to credit loss, the Company uses a third party discounted cash flow model, 
several inputs for which require estimation and judgment. Among these inputs are projected deferral and default rates and estimated 
recovery rates. Realization of events different than that projected could result in a large variance in the values of the securities.  

24 

Additional information regarding investment securities can be found in Item 8, Notes 2 and 11 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.  

Income Taxes  

The provision for income taxes is based on income reported for financial statement purposes and differs from the amount of taxes 
currently payable, since certain income and expense items are reported for financial statement purposes in different periods than those 
for tax reporting purposes. Taxes are discussed in more detail in Item 8, Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Accrued 
taxes represent the net estimated amount due or to be received from taxing authorities. In estimating accrued taxes, the Company 
assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of transactions taking into account statutory, judicial and 
regulatory guidance in the context of our tax position.  

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability approach, the objective of which is to establish deferred tax 
assets and liabilities for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and tax basis of our assets and liabilities at 
enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when such amounts are realized or settled. We conduct periodic assessments of deferred tax 
assets to determine if it is more-likely-than-not that they will be realized. In making these assessments, we consider taxable income in 
prior periods, projected future taxable income, potential tax planning strategies and projected future reversals of deferred tax items. 
These assessments involve a certain degree of subjectivity which may change significantly depending on the related circumstances.  

CORPORATE PROFILE  

The Company, with total assets of approximately $568.9 million at December 31, 2014, is a bank holding company headquartered in 
Cortland, Ohio whose principle activity is to manage, supervise and otherwise serve as a source of strength to the Bank.  

Cortland Banks is a state chartered bank engaged in commercial and retail banking services. The Bank offers a full range of financial 
services to its local communities with an ongoing strategic focus on commercial banking relationships. 

The Bank’s results of operations depend primarily on net interest income, which, in part, is a direct result of the market interest rate 
environment. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income earned on interest-earning assets and the interest paid 
on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income is affected by the shape of the market yield curve, the repricing of interest-earning 
assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the prepayment rate of mortgage-related assets. Results of operations may be affected 
significantly by general and local economic conditions, particularly those with respect to changes in market interest rates, credit 
quality, governmental policies and actions of regulatory authority.  

2014 OVERVIEW  

In 2014, Cortland earned $3.9 million, or $0.85 per share, compared to $1.8 million, or $0.39 per share in 2013. Net income in 2013 
was impacted by charges for the investment portfolio due to regulatory changes mandated by the Volcker Rule. OTTI losses in the 
amount of $2.0 million were recognized on $10.5 million of trust preferred securities, a form of collateralized debt obligation. The 
trust preferred securities were among those considered disallowed under the revised final Volcker Rule, which originated from the 
Dodd-Frank Act. There were no OTTI losses in 2014. Excluding the charges for the investment portfolio, which were $2.0 million 
pre-tax and $1.3 million after tax, Cortland would have earned $3.1 million, or $0.68 per share, in 2013. 

Amid more rigorous regulatory standards and an uncertain economy, the Company continues to follow its core strategic direction. 
Operating results reflect its commitment to growing loans and deposits in the markets in which it operates and in producing consistent 
positive earnings.  

The Company’s financial results for 2014 were affected by these notable specific factors:  

  Earnings per share (EPS) for 2014 were $0.85, compared to $0.39 per share for 2013. The Volcker Rule charges reduced 

2013 EPS by $0.29.  

  For 2014, net interest income increased 7% to $17.8 million, compared to $16.7 million for 2013. Net interest margin 

(NIM) improved by 26 basis points to 3.67% for the full year, compared to 3.41% for 2013. The Company continues to 
optimally manage its balance sheet in this historically low interest rate environment in preparation for an eventual increase 
in interest rates.   

  Total loans increased by $13.4 million, or 4%, to $360.2 million at December 31, 2014, compared to $346.8 million a year 

ago.  

25 

  Non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans were 2.58% increasing from 1.77% at the end of the prior year. In 

spite of the increase in non-performing loans at quarter end, asset quality remained strong with total non-performing assets 
representing only 1.77% of total assets.  

  The Company and the Bank remained well-capitalized, with total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets of 15.82% and 

15.31%, respectively.  

  Reflecting the continued confidence supported by stable revenues from core operations, increasing loan production, and 

improving capital levels, Cortland paid cash dividends of $0.18 per share. 

The Company’s total shareholders’ equity increased to $55.9 million at December 31, 2014 from $49.5 million at December 31, 2013. 
The Company continues to maintain capital sufficient to be deemed well capitalized under all regulatory measures. In the current 
regulatory environment, regulatory oversight bodies expect banks to maintain ratios above the statutory levels as a margin of safety.  

In the midst of earnings pressures brought on by the economic downturn, interest rate compression and investment impairment issues, 
the Company devoted substantial attention in 2014 and 2013 to profit improvement measures and balance sheet positioning. The 
Company’s management team continues to focus on measures designed to enhance capital and to provide for adequate liquidity for 
lending and business development purposes. New strategies are being pursued to improve market penetration and product expansion, 
with the objective of increasing both the interest income and non-interest income revenue base.  

Total shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2014 was $55.9 million, representing a ratio of equity capital to total assets of 9.82%. In 
comparison, total shareholders’ equity was $49.5 million at December 31, 2013, representing a ratio of equity capital to total assets of 
8.89%. A component of shareholders’ equity is accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), which includes the net after-tax 
impact of unrealized gains or losses on investment securities classified as available-for-sale. Net unrealized losses on available-for-
sale investment securities, net of tax, were $2.9 million at December 31, 2013, compared with net unrealized gains, net of tax, of 
$359,000 at December 31, 2014. Such unrealized gains or losses represent the difference, net of applicable income tax effect, between 
the estimated fair value and amortized cost of investment securities classified as available-for-sale.  

Return on average equity was 7.2% in 2014, compared to 3.6% in 2013, while return on average assets measured 0.7% in 2014 and 
0.3% in 2013. Book value per share increased by $1.39 to $12.33 at December 31, 2014 from $10.94 at December 31, 2013. The price 
of the Company’s common shares traded in a range between a low of $10.25 and a high of $15.95, closing the year at $15.75 per 
share.  

CERTAIN NON-GAAP MEASURES  

Certain financial information has been determined by methods other than GAAP. Specifically, certain financial measures are based on 
core earnings rather than net income. Core earnings exclude income, expense, gains and losses that either are not reflective of ongoing 
operations or that are not expected to reoccur with any regularity or reoccur with a high degree of uncertainty and volatility. Such 
information may be useful to both investors and management and can aid them in understanding the Company’s current performance 
trends and financial condition. Core earnings are a supplemental tool for analysis and not a substitute for GAAP net income. 
Reconciliation from GAAP net income to the non-GAAP measure of core earnings is referenced as part of management’s discussion 
and analysis of quarterly and year-to-date financial results of operations.  

Core earnings, which exclude the OTTI charge and certain other non-recurring items, were $3.7 million in 2014 compared to $3.5 
million in 2013 and $2.8 million in 2012. Core earnings per share were $0.83 in 2014, $0.77 in 2013 and $0.62 in 2012.  

26 

The following is a reconciliation between core earnings and earnings under GAAP:  

(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)

Years Ended December 31,
2013 

2014

2012

GAAP earnings .........................................................................................................  $
Impairment losses on investment securities (net of tax) ...........................................   
Investment gains not in the ordinary course of business (net of tax) * .....................   
Expenses relating to reorganization - (net of tax)** .................................................   
Expenses relating to curtailment of mortgage banking activities (net of tax) ...........   
Net impact of historic tax credit investment .............................................................   
Core earnings ............................................................................................................  $
Core earnings per share .............................................................................................  $

3,869     $ 
—       
(127 )     
—       
—       
—       
3,742     $ 
0.83     $ 

1,784    $
1,290     
—     
254     
165     
—     
3,493    $
0.77    $

2,913 
113 
(20)
— 
— 
(190)
2,816 
0.62 

*   The gains in 2014 are from the sale of securities due to the Volcker Rule. The gains in 2012 are due to the settlement on General 

Motors Corporation bonds.  

** Retail branch staff realignment and middle management restructure. 

Although the provision for loan losses is considered core earnings, it is worthy of note that $1.3 million of the $1.6 million provision 
in 2014 relates to a specific provision on loans to one related group.  

RECENT MARKET AND INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENTS  

The economic turmoil that began in the middle of 2007 and continued through 2009 has now settled into a slow economic recovery. 
At this time, the recovery has somewhat uncertain prospects. The risks associated with the Company’s business become more acute in 
periods of a slowing economy or slow growth. Financial institutions continue to be affected by declines in the real estate market and 
constrained financial markets. While the Company is taking steps to decrease and limit exposure to problem loans, it nonetheless 
retains direct exposure to the residential and commercial real estate markets, and is affected by these events. This has been 
accompanied by dramatic changes in the competitive landscape of the financial services industry and a wholesale reformation of the 
legislative and regulatory landscape with the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act.  

The Dodd-Frank Act is extensive, complex and comprehensive legislation that impacts many aspects of banking organizations. 
Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are expected to have a near-term impact on the Company. In July 2011, the Dodd-Frank Act 
eliminated the federal prohibitions on paying interest on demand deposits, thus allowing businesses to have interest-bearing checking 
accounts. The Dodd-Frank Act also broadened the base for FDIC insurance assessments. Assessments are now based on the average 
consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution. The Dodd-Frank Act states that the maximum amount of 
deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions is $250,000 per depositor.  

The Dodd-Frank Act created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer 
protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection 
laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and 
practices.  

Until such time as the regulatory agencies issue all of the final regulations implementing the numerous provisions of the Dodd-Frank 
Act, a process that is far from complete and may continue for several more years, management will not be able to fully assess the 
impact the legislation will have on its business.  

27 

  
  
 
  
 
  
    
   
 
 
BALANCE SHEET COMPOSITION  

The following table illustrates, during the years presented, the mix of the Company’s funding sources and the assets in which those 
funds are invested as a percentage of the Company’s average total assets at December 31 for the period indicated. Average assets 
totaled $542.5 million in 2014 compared to $540.5 million in 2013 and $528.1 million in 2012.  

Sources of Funds: 
Deposits: 

Non-interest bearing ..................................................  
Interest bearing ..........................................................  
Long-term debt and other borrowings ..........................  
Subordinated debt .........................................................  
Other non-interest bearing liabilities ............................  
Shareholders' equity .....................................................  
Total ........................................................................  

Uses of Funds: 

Loans, including loans held for sale .............................  
Securities ......................................................................  
Interest-earning deposits and other assets .....................  
Bank-owned life insurance ...........................................  
Other non-interest earning assets ..................................  
Total ........................................................................  

2014

December 31, 
2013

2012

16.8%  
62.2  
8.6  
1.0  
1.5  
9.9  
100.0%  

60.2%  
32.3  
1.2  
3.0  
3.3  
100.0%  

15.9 %     
64.7   
8.2   
1.0   
1.0   
9.2   
100.0 %   

58.9 %     
33.5   
1.9   
2.7   
3.0   
100.0 %     

14.7%
65.7  
8.3  
1.0  
1.1  
9.2  
100.0%

57.0%
34.8  
2.0  
2.5  
3.7  
100.0%

Deposits continue to be the Company’s primary source of funding. During 2014, the relative mix of deposits has remained steady with 
interest-bearing being the main source. Average non-interest bearing deposits totaled 21.2% of total average deposits in 2014, 
compared to 19.7% in 2013 and 18.3% in 2012. Additional information regarding deposits can be found in Item 8, Note 5 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.  

The Company primarily invests funds in loans and securities. Prior to 2008, securities were the largest component of the Company’s 
mix of invested assets. Since then, loans have become the largest component. Average securities decreased $6.1 million, or 3.3%, to 
$175.0 million during 2014 from $181.1 million in 2013, while average loans increased by $8.1 million, or 2.6%, to $326.6 million 
during 2014 from $318.4 million in 2013.  

ASSET QUALITY  

The Company’s management regularly monitors and evaluates trends in asset quality. Loan review practices and procedures require 
detailed monthly analysis of delinquencies, nonperforming assets and other sensitive credits. Mortgage, commercial and consumer 
loans are moved to non-accrual status once they reach 90 days past due or when analysis of a borrower’s creditworthiness indicates 
the collection of interest and principal is in doubt. Non-performing loans include loans in non-accrual status, restructured loans and 
real estate acquired in satisfaction of debts previously contracted.  

Additionally, as part of the Company’s loan review process, management routinely evaluates risks which could potentially affect the 
ability to collect loan balances in their entirety. Reviews of individual credits, aggregate account relationships or any concentration of 
credits in particular industries are subject to a detailed loan review.  

Gross income that would have been recorded in 2014 on these nonperforming loans, had they been in compliance with their original 
terms, was $590,000. Interest income that actually was included in income on these loans amounted to $388,000. In addition to 
nonperforming loans, nonperforming assets include nonperforming investment securities. Gross income that would have been 
recorded in 2014 on nonperforming investments, had they been in compliance with their original terms, was $29,000. Interest income 
that actually was included in income on these investments amounted to $23,000. There are no accruing loans which are contractually 
past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest payments.  

28 

  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
   
   
  
 
  
 
   
   
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
The following table depicts the trend in these potentially problematic asset categories:  

2014

2013

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 
2012

2011

2010

Non-accrual loans: 

Commercial .............................................................. $
Commercial real estate .............................................
Residential real estate ...............................................
Consumer - home equity ..........................................
Consumer - other ......................................................
Total non-accrual loans..........................................
Investment securities ...................................................
Other real estate owned ...............................................
Troubled debt restructured loans .................................

Nonperforming assets ............................................ $

Loans past due greater than 30 days or on  

1,824
2,247
1,331
149
6
5,557
779
40
3,680
10,056

nonaccrual .............................................................. $

8,201 

$

$

$

98
1,279
481
72
16
1,946
1,203
33
4,174
7,356

2,176

$

$

$

49       $ 
2,336         
489         
72         
27         

2,973   
674     
145     
2,695     
6,487   

 $ 

70 $

1,470
842
111
1,073
3,566
1,542
437
1,148
6,693 $

132
307
1,040
47
1,085
2,611
3,767
848
1,247
8,473

3,248      $ 

4,051 $

3,649

Non-accrual loans as a percentage of total loans .........
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total 

assets .......................................................................

Nonperforming assets as a percentage of equity 

December 31, 

2014

2013

2012

2011

2010

1.54%

1.77%

0.56%

1.32%

0.94 %   

1.23%

0.98%

1.11 %   

1.29%

1.69%

capital plus allowance for loan losses .....................

16.45%

13.78%

12.16 % 

13.70%

19.07%

As of December 31, 2014, there were $1.9 million in loans not included in this table where known information about borrowers’ 
possible credit problems caused management to have some doubts as to the ability of these borrowers to comply with present loan 
payment terms and which may result in disclosure of such loans in this table.  

Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis ranged from a high of $5.6 million in 2014 to a low of $1.9 million in 2013. Non-accrual 
loans in 2014 of $5.6 million is higher than the average of the past five years, which is $3.3 million. The increase in non-accrual loans 
is mainly due to loans to one related group in both the commercial and commercial real estate categories. The increase in residential 
real estate is one loan for $1.0 million. The total of all loans past due more than 30 days or on non-accrual ranged from a low of $2.2 
million in 2013 to a high of $8.2 million in 2014. Loans charged-off, net of recoveries, was $200,000 for 2014, compared to $711,000 
for 2013, $2.3 million for 2012, $639,000 for 2011 and $441,000 for 2010. The resulting ratios do not indicate any trends of concern 
from management’s perspective.  

Troubled-debt restructured loans are loans that have been modified when economic concessions have been granted to borrowers who 
have experienced or are expected to experience financial difficulties. In 2013, $2.8 million in new troubled debt restructurings were 
added. There were none added in 2014. 

As the nation struggled through high unemployment levels from 2008 through 2012, accompanied by high levels of bankruptcy filings 
and home foreclosures, the Company continued to experience only modest levels of delinquencies and resulting credit concerns. In 
2014, the provision for loan losses was $1.6 million, as general economic conditions improved and the Company’s credit quality 
remained strong; $1.3 million of the reserve was in the commercial loan category relating to one affiliated group. In 2013 and 2012, 
the provision for loan losses was $650,000 and $3.0 million, respectively. The 2012 provision related to one isolated commercial 
customer whose financial condition eroded over a short period of time, requiring a charge-off of $1.9 million. Additional information 
regarding loans can be found in Item 8, Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis.  

At December 31, 2014, there was $779,000 of the Company’s holdings in trust preferred securities considered to be in non-accrual 
status. The quarterly interest payments for both of its investments in trust preferred securities had been placed in “payment in kind” 
status. Payment in kind status results in a temporary delay in the payment of interest. As a result of a delay in the collection of the 
interest payments, management placed these securities in non-accrual status. Current estimates indicate that the interest payment 
delays may exceed ten years. In September of 2012, the Company sold 14 of its 29 positions in trust preferred securities, 11 of which 
were in non-accrual status. In February of 2014, the Company completed the sale of 9 of the remaining 11 trust preferred securities.  

29 

  
 
 
  
 
  
   
   
    
 
 
    
    
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
  
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  
Analysis of Net Interest Income - Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013  

Net interest income, the principal source of the Company’s earnings, is the amount by which interest and fees generated by interest-
earning assets, primarily loans and investment securities, exceed the interest cost of deposits and borrowed funds. On a fully taxable 
equivalent basis, net interest income measured $18.7 million for 2014 and $17.4 million for 2013. The resulting net interest margin 
was 3.67% for 2014 and 3.41% for 2013.  

The increase in interest income, on a fully taxable equivalent basis, of $757,000 is the product of a 16 basis point increase in interest 
rates earned offset somewhat by a 0.2% year-over-year decrease in average earning assets. The decrease in interest expense of 
$520,000 was a product of an 11 basis point decrease in rates paid and a 2.4% decrease in average interest-bearing liabilities. The net 
result was a 7.3% increase in net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis, and a 26 basis point increase in the Company’s 
net interest margin on a slightly larger asset base with a different mix.  

On a fully taxable equivalent basis, income on investment securities available-for-sale and trading increased by $644,000, or 13.6%. 
The average invested balances in these securities decreased by $6.1 million, or 3.3%, from the levels of a year ago. The decrease in the 
average balance of investment securities was accompanied by a 45 basis point increase in the tax equivalent yield of the portfolio. The 
Company will continue attempting to redeploy liquidity into loans. Any reinvestment into the securities portfolio may serve to 
decrease the yield due to the current low rate environment. Additional information regarding investment securities can be found in 
Item 8, Notes 2 and 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis. 

On a fully taxable equivalent basis, income on loans increased by $122,000, or 0.8%, for 2014 compared to the same period in 2013. 
An $8.1 million increase in the average balance of the loan portfolio, or 2.6%, was accompanied by a 8 basis point decrease in the 
portfolio’s tax equivalent yield. Likewise, new loan volume is at historic low interest rates, while strong competition for good credits 
also drives rates downward. The commercial loan portfolio housed the majority of the increase in balances. Additional information 
regarding loans can be found in Item 8, Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis. 

Other interest income decreased by $9,000, or 30.0%, from the same period a year ago. The average balance of interest-earning 
deposits decreased by $3.3 million, or 33.2%. The yield increased by 2 basis points from 2013 to 2014. Management intends to remain 
fully invested, minimizing on-balance sheet liquidity.  

As the Company is located in the heart of the Utica Shale geography, material deposit growth was experienced in the latter part of 
2012 as a result of customers receiving signing bonuses for the lease of mineral rights. Nearly $40 million in new deposits has been 
attributed to these bonuses. In the first half of 2013, nearly half of these funds were withdrawn by customers affecting primarily the 
time deposit category. During 2014, average interest-bearing demand deposits and money market accounts increased by $952,000, or 
1.0%, while average savings balances decreased by $2.9 million, or 2.4%. Total interest paid on interest-bearing demand deposits and 
money market accounts was $178,000, a $1,000 increase from last year. The yield did not change from 2013 to 2014. Total interest 
paid on savings accounts was $67,000, a $16,000 decrease from 2013. The average rate paid on savings accounts decreased by 1 basis 
point. The average balance of time deposit products decreased by $10.3 million, or 7.4%, as the average rate paid decreased by 20 
basis points, from 1.31% to 1.11%. Interest expense decreased on time deposits by $393,000 from the prior year. Customers are opting 
for more liquid accounts versus time deposits in this low rate environment. As time deposits mature, the balances are reinvested at the 
lower current rates. After an extended period of declining average rates paid on deposits, the Company is experiencing a flattening on 
a linked quarter basis. Additional information regarding deposits can be found in Item 8, Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis. 

Average borrowings and subordinated debt increased by $2.8 million while the average rate paid on borrowings decreased by 35 basis 
points. During 2014, management refinanced long-term borrowings at their respective maturity dates, taking advantage of continuing 
low rates. Management continues to utilize short-term borrowings to bridge liquidity gaps. Additional information regarding FHLB 
Advances and Other Borrowings and Subordinated Debt can be found in Item 8, Notes 6 and 7 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.  

Analysis of Net Interest Income — Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012  

On a fully taxable equivalent basis, net interest income measured $17.4 million for 2013 and $17.7 million for 2012. The resulting net 
interest margin was 3.41% for 2013 and 3.58% for 2012.  

The decrease in interest income, on a fully taxable equivalent basis, of $969,000 was the product of a 32 basis point decrease in 
interest rates earned offset somewhat by a 2.9% year-over-year increase in average earning assets. The decrease in interest expense of 
$667,000 was a product of an 18 basis point decrease in rates paid and a 0.8% increase in average interest-bearing liabilities. The net 
result was a 1.7% decrease in net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis, and a 17 basis point decrease in the Company’s 
net interest margin on a slightly larger asset base with a different mix.  

30 

On a fully taxable equivalent basis, income on investment securities available-for-sale and trading decreased by $694,000, or 12.8%. 
The average invested balances in these securities decreased by $2.5 million, or 1.3%, from 2012. The decrease in the average balance 
of investment securities was accompanied by a 34 basis point decrease in the tax equivalent yield of the portfolio. The Company will 
continue attempting to redeploy liquidity into loans. Any reinvestment into the securities portfolio may serve to decrease the yield due 
to the current low rate environment. Additional information regarding investment securities can be found in Item 8, Notes 2 and 11 to 
the Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis. 

On a fully taxable equivalent basis, income on loans decreased by $274,000, or 1.7%, for 2013 compared to the same period in 2012. 
A $17.4 million increase in the average balance of the loan portfolio, or 5.8%, was accompanied by a 39 basis point decrease in the 
portfolio’s tax equivalent yield. Likewise, new loan volume was at historic low interest rates, while strong competition for good 
credits also drove rates downward. The commercial loan portfolio housed the majority of the increase in balances. Additional 
information regarding loans can be found in Item 8, Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis. 

Other interest income decreased by $1,000, or 3.2%, during 2013 compared to 2012. The average balance of interest-earning deposits 
decreased by $359,000, or 3.5%. The yield did not change from 2012 to 2013. Management intended to remain fully invested, 
minimizing on-balance sheet liquidity.  

As the Company is located in the heart of the Utica Shale geography, material deposit growth was experienced in the latter part of 
2012 as a result of customers receiving signing bonuses for the lease of mineral rights. Nearly $40 million in new deposits had been 
attributed to these bonuses. In the first half of 2013, nearly half of these funds were withdrawn by customers affecting primarily the 
time deposit category. Average interest-bearing demand deposits and money market accounts increased by $8.3 million, or 9.9%, for 
the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the same period of 2012, while average savings balances increased by $10.7 million, 
or 9.9%. Total interest paid on interest-bearing demand deposits and money market accounts was $177,000, a $26,000 increase from 
2012. The average rate paid on these products increased by 1 basis point, primarily the result of larger deposits in the higher yielding 
tiers of the money market accounts. Total interest paid on savings accounts was $83,000, a $23,000 decrease from 2012. The average 
rate paid on savings accounts decreased by 3 basis points. The average balance of time deposit products decreased by $15.9 million, or 
10.2%, as the average rate paid decreased by 25 basis points, from 1.56% to 1.31%. Interest expense decreased on time deposits by 
$599,000 from the prior year. After an extended period of declining average rates paid on deposits, the Company experienced a 
flattening on a linked quarter basis. Additional information regarding deposits can be found in Item 8, Note 5 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis. 

Average borrowings and subordinated debt increased by $73,000 while the average rate paid on borrowings decreased by 15 basis 
points. Additional information regarding FHLB Advances and Other Borrowings and Subordinated Debt can be found in Item 8, 
Notes 6 and 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.  

31 

The following table provides a detailed analysis of changes in net interest income on a tax equivalent basis, identifying that portion of the 
change that is due to a change in the volume of average assets and liabilities outstanding versus that portion which is due to a change in 
the average yields on earning assets and average rates on interest-bearing liabilities. Changes in interest due to both rate and volume 
which cannot be segregated have been allocated to rate and volume changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar 
amounts of the change in each.  

Increase (decrease) in interest income: 
Interest-earning deposits and other money markets ...   $
Investment securities available-for-sale: 

U.S. Government agencies and corporations ...........
Obligations of states and political subdivisions.......
Mortgage-backed and related securities ..................
Other securities ........................................................
Trading securities .......................................................  
Loans ..........................................................................  
Total interest income change ................................

Increase (decrease) in interest expense: 

Interest-bearing demand deposits ............................
Savings deposits ......................................................
Time deposits ..........................................................
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase ......
FHLB advances - short term ...................................
FHLB advances - long term ....................................
Subordinated debt ....................................................
Total interest expense change ...............................
Increase (decrease) in net interest income on a 

(Amounts in thousands) 

2014 Compared to 2013

Volume

Rate

Total

2013 Compared to 2012

Volume     

Rate

Total

(10) $

1  $

(9)  

   $ 

(1 )  $ 

—  $

(1)

54   
330   
(128)  
(316)  
113   
406   
449   

2   
(2)  
(129)  
—   
69   
(177)  
—   
(237)  

26   
(18)  
430   
99   
54   
(284)  
308   

(1)  
(14)  
(264)  
—   
(48)  
46   
(2)  
(283)  

80 
312 
302 
(217)
167    
122    
757 

1 
(16)
(393)
— 
21 
(131)
(2)
(520)

(167 )    
87      
29      
(70 )    
230      
911      
1,019      

16      
10      
(233 )    
(1 )    
52      
(106 )    
—      
(262 )    

(49)  
(191)  
(515)  
(48)  
—   
(1,185)  
(1,988)  

10   
(33)  
(366)  
(1)  
4   
(9)  
(10)  
(405)  

(216)
(104)
(486)
(118)
230 
(274)
(969)

26 
(23)
(599)
(2)
56 
(115)
(10)
(667)

taxable equivalent basis ...................................

$

686  $

591  $

1,277 

 $  1,281    $ 

(1,583) $

(302)

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES, NON-INTEREST INCOME, NON-INTEREST EXPENSE & FEDERAL INCOME TAX  

During 2014, 2013 and 2012, the amount charged to operations as a provision for loan loss was adjusted to account for charge-offs 
against the allowance, as well as an increase in loan balances recorded in the portfolio, expected losses on specific problem loans and 
several qualitative factors, including factors specific to the local economy and to industries operating in the local market. The Company 
has allocated a portion of the allowance for a number of specific problem loans through 2014, but has not experienced significant 
deterioration in any loan type, including the residential real estate portfolios or the commercial real estate loan portfolio, and accordingly 
has not added any special provision for these loan types. In 2014, $1.3 million was added to the commercial loan portfolio relating to one 
affiliated group. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the provision for loan losses was $1.6 million, with net charge-offs of $200,000. 
For the same period last year, the provision was $650,000, which was fairly close to net charge-offs of $711,000, which included charge-
offs of $710,000 to which a specific reserve of $530,000 was allocated prior to the charge-offs. In the year ended 2012, the provision was 
$3.0 million. The large provision in 2012 was due to a charge-off related to a single borrower to which no related allowance had been 
previously allocated. Provision expense levels are in recognition of loan growth and a changing composition of the loan portfolio as the 
Company takes aim at managing its balance sheet with a commercially-oriented focus.  

32 

  
  
 
 
  
  
    
  
 
  
  
 
 
    
  
 
 
  
    
      
      
    
  
    
       
      
 
  
    
      
      
    
  
    
       
      
 
    
  
     
    
  
     
    
  
     
    
  
     
 
     
 
  
  
 
   
  
    
      
      
    
  
    
       
      
 
    
  
     
    
  
     
    
  
     
    
  
     
    
  
     
    
  
     
    
  
     
 
   
The following table provides a detailed analysis of non-interest income:  

Fees for customer services ..................................................  $
Mortgage banking gains, net ...............................................   
Other real estate gains (losses), net .....................................   
Earnings on bank-owned life insurance ..............................   
Wealth management income ...............................................   
Other non-interest income ...................................................   
Non-interest income, excluding investment gains ..............   
Investment securities available-for-sale gains, net ..............   
Trading securities gains, net ...............................................   
Net impairment losses recognized in earnings ....................   
Total non-interest income .................................................  $

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 
2013 

2012

2014

2,007     $
440      
9      
336      
313      
107      
3,212      
588      
327      
—      
$

4,127 

1,935      $ 
1,491        
(25 )      
324        
218        
36        
3,979        
535        
185        
(1,954 )      
 $ 
2,745   

2,041 
1,772 
(35)
379 
— 
188 
4,345 
14 
— 
(171)
4,188 

Total non-interest income, excluding investment gains and impairment losses, decreased by $767,000, or 19.3%, for 2014 compared to 
a decrease of $366,000, or 8.4%, for 2013. After gains on investment securities and impairment losses, non-interest income increased 
by $1.4 million, or 50.0%, in 2014 compared to a decrease of $1.4 million, or 34.5%, in 2013.  

Fees for customer services increased by $72,000, or 3.7% in 2014, compared to a decrease of $106,000, or 5.2%, in the prior year 
driven by customer transactions on deposit accounts.  

The wholesale mortgage unit, CSB Mortgage Company, which was formed in 2011 specifically as a result of strategic initiatives 
aimed at improving overall profitability, saw mortgage banking gains reach $1.5 million in 2013 versus $1.8 million in 2012 and after 
curtailment of activities in late 2013, mortgage banking gains totaled $440,000 in 2014. Although mortgage banking gains for 2013 
were similar to year-ago levels, the application volume driving the revenues declined substantially in 2013. The persistent rise in 
mortgage rates that began in May 2013 had caused the Company’s application volume to decline. With the dramatic volume decrease 
and the prospects for any turnaround considered improbable in the near term, the Company curtailed portions of its mortgage banking 
activities. Originations from the wholesale channel and all out-of-market retail origination was closed down as of September 13, 2013. 
In addition to the origination channels, operational staff were also severed in order to right-size the business line with expected 
volume.  

Wealth management income of $313,000 was recorded in 2014, compared to $218,000 in 2013. As a revenue diversification initiative, 
the Company continues to expand wealth management efforts. Advisors sell non-deposit investment products to customers in the 
Bank’s branch network through a third-party marketing and sales support provider. As assets under management grow, fee income 
paid by the third-party provider of non-deposit investment products will continue to enhance non-interest income revenue.  

Net gains on the sale of available-for-sale investment securities increased by $53,000 in 2014 from year ago levels. Consistent with 
the balance sheet strategy, the Company periodically reviews its investment portfolio to clean up odd-lot securities and to reduce 
interest rate risk.  Recent government programs, such as the Home Affordable Refinance Program (HARP), promote prepayment 
activities in mortgage backed securities, thus cutting short the intended investment performance.  Proactively removing the securities 
with higher prepayment risk allows the Company to reinvest into securities that produce consistent cash flows. The Company sold 19 
of the 22 bank CDO’s in 2012, realizing a nominal net loss of $164,000. All of these securities exhibited evidence of significant 
deterioration in issuers’ creditworthiness. Gains in 2013 and 2012 were offset by impairment losses of $2.0 million and $171,000, 
respectively, and none in 2014, on investment securities which had been previously recognized as impaired and/or which required the 
Company to maintain a higher level of risk weighted assets for regulatory capital ratio purposes. As stated earlier, the $2.0 million in 
OTTI losses in 2013 were recognized on $10.5 million of trust preferred securities, a form of collateralized debt obligations. The trust 
preferred securities were among those considered disallowed under the revised final Volcker Rule, which originated from the Dodd-
Frank Act. The inability to hold these securities precipitated the loss recognition at December 31, 2013. In February 2014, the 
Company completed the sale of all nine of the disallowed investments along with one other permissible holding. This resulted in a 
gain of approximately $200,000. Trading securities gains increased by $142,000, or 76.8%. The trading account was initiated in the 
second quarter of 2013. Additional information regarding investment securities can be found in Item 8, Notes 2 and 11 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.  

33 

  
  
 
  
 
  
    
    
 
The following table provides a summary of non-interest expenses:  

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 
2013 

2014

Salaries and employee benefits ...........................................  $
Net occupancy and equipment expense ..............................   
State and local taxes ............................................................   
FDIC insurance expense .....................................................   
Professional fees .................................................................   
Other non-interest expense .................................................   
Total non-interest expenses ..............................................  $

9,147     $
1,912      
341      
309      
815      
2,975      
$
15,499 

9,844      $ 
1,896        
555        
391        
806        
3,387        
 $ 
16,879   

2012

8,706 
1,794 
497 
297 
801 
3,262 
15,357 

Total non-interest expenses decreased by $1.4 million, or 8.2%, in 2014. This compares to an increase of $1.5 million, or 10.0%, in 
2013.  

During 2014, expenditures for salaries and employee benefits decreased by $697,000 million, or 7.1%, and in 2013 increased by $1.1 
million, or 13.1%. Much of this increase in 2013 is due to the additional personnel hired to operate the mortgage banking operation up 
to its curtailment in September 2013 and to manage the increasing lending volume generated through core bank lending operations. 
The curtailment in 2013 accounts for the decrease in 2014 compared to 2013. Also, approximately $242,000 in branch restructuring 
costs were incurred in 2013. Full-time equivalent employment averaged 153 in 2014 compared to 164 in 2013 and 162 in 2012. The 
addition of employees throughout 2012 and 2013 were related to the mortgage banking operation. The decrease in both the expense 
and employees is attributable to the curtailment of mortgage banking operations.  

Salaries and employee benefits represent 59.0% of all non-interest expenses in 2014, 57.8% in 2013 and 56.2% in 2012. The 
following table details components of these increases and decreases.  

Amounts (in thousands)

December 31,

2014 

2013

2012

2014

Percentages

December 31,
2013 

2012

Salaries ................................................   $ 
Employee benefits ...............................     

Deferred loan origination fees .............     
Total ...............................................   $ 

(550 )   $
(164 )  
(714 )  
17     

(697 )

$

954     $
270    
1,224    
(86)  

1,138 

$

1,066   
286   
1,352   
(12)  
1,340   

(7.2 )%     
(6.7 ) 
(7.1 ) 
(7.4 ) 
(7.1 )%     

14.3%  
12.3     
13.8     
59.3     
13.1%  

19.1%
15.0  
18.0  
9.0  
18.2%

Salary expense per employee averaged $46,000 in 2014 and 2013 and $41,000 in 2012. Average earning assets per employee 
measured approximately $3 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012.  

Charges for insurance premiums paid to the FDIC decreased by $82,000 in 2014 compared to an increase in 2013 of $94,000. 
Deposits are insured by the FDIC up to a maximum amount, which is generally $250,000 per depositor subject to aggregation rules. 
As an FDIC-insured institution, the Bank is required to pay deposit insurance premium assessments to the FDIC. The Company 
anticipates its FDIC insurance expense will remain consistent in 2015.  

State and local taxes declined by $214,000, or 38.6%, in 2014, compared to an increase of $58,000, or 11.7%, in 2013. This decrease 
is due to a rate reduction in state tax. All other categories of non-interest expenses decreased $387,000, or 6.4%, in 2014 compared to 
an increase of $232,000, or 4.0%, in 2013. These expense categories are subject to fluctuation due to non-recurring items. The 
majority of these decreases relate to the expenses incurred by the mortgage banking operation prior to 2014 in the form of professional 
fees, third-party consulting fees and compliance-related costs and $229,000 of costs to exit the wholesale mortgage banking channel 
and reducing mortgage operations late in the third quarter of 2013. Also, $164,000 in costs were incurred in the closing of the 
Middlefield branch in late 2013. Included in other non-interest expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 is the one-time 
investment of $444,000 in a Historic Tax Credit partnership which generated $634,000 in tax credits for 2012. The Company recorded 
no tax credit activity in 2014 or 2013. 

Income before federal income tax expense amounted to $4.8 million for 2014, compared to $1.9 million and $2.8 million for 2013 and 
2012, respectively. The effective tax rate was 18.9% in 2014, 4.70% in 2013 and (5.74)% in 2012, resulting in income tax expense of 
$902,000 in 2014 and $88,000 in 2013 and an income tax benefit of $158,000 in 2012. The historic tax credit contributed to the lower 
effective tax rate in 2012, while the impairment loss caused the reduced effective rate in 2013. 

34 

  
 
 
  
 
  
    
    
 
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
    
    
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
   
  
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
The effective federal income tax rate varies from the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate of 34% due to the following 
differences: 

Provision at statutory rate .................................................   
(Deduct) add tax effects of: 

Earnings on bank-owned life insurance-net ................   
Non-taxable interest income ........................................   
Low income housing ...................................................   
Historical tax credit .....................................................   
Non-deductible expenses .............................................   
Federal income tax effective rate ......................................   

December 31, 

2014 

2013 

2012 

34.00%  

34.00 %   

34.00%

(2.39) 
(12.75) 
(1.09) 
—  
1.14  
18.91%  

(5.90 ) 
(26.96 ) 
0.67   
—   
2.89   
4.70 %   

(4.68)  
(18.57)  
—  
(17.53)  
1.04  
(5.74)%

Net income registered $3.9 million in 2014, $1.8 million in 2013 and $2.9 million in 2012, representing per share amounts of $0.85 in 
2014, $0.39 in 2013 and $0.64 in 2012. Cash dividends of $0.18, $0.12 and $0.03 per share were paid to shareholders of record in 
2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  

The following table shows unaudited financial results by quarter:  

For the 2014 quarter ended:

For the 2013 quarter ended:

(Amounts in thousands)

Sept. 30   

Dec. 31    

June 30    Mar. 31   
Interest income ........................................   $  5,222    $ 5,103   $ 5,123   $ 5,217  
744  
Interest expense .......................................     
726  
726  
  4,473  
  4,397  
  4,377  
150  
150  
188  
319  
141  
58  
—  
—  
—  
81  
117  
86  
—  
19  
(10)
651  
670  
700  
  3,623  
  3,909  
  3,852  
  1,751  
  1,285  
  1,171  
216  
419  
246  
955   $ 1,039   $ 1,332  
0.29  
0.21   $

688   
Net interest income ...............................      4,534   
Loan loss provision .................................      1,150   
Security gains, net ...................................     
397   
Impairment losses ...................................      —   
Mortgage banking gains, net ...................     
156   
Other real estate (losses) gains ................      —   
Other income ...........................................     
742   
Other expenses ........................................      4,115   
564   
21   
543    $
Net income (loss) per share .....................   $  0.12    $
Net interest income (fully tax-equivalent 

Income (loss) before tax .......................     
Federal income (benefit) tax expense ......     
Net income (loss) .................................   $ 

0.23   $

basis) ..................................................   $  4,755    $ 4,602   $ 4,627   $ 4,688  

Net interest rate spread ............................     
Net interest margin ..................................     

3.51 %  
3.68 %  

3.47%  
3.64%  

3.50%  
3.68%  

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  

792       

  Sept. 30    

150       
60       

150      
559      
     (1,954 )      —      
109      
(38 )    
611      

  June 30    Mar. 31   
   Dec. 31    
   $ 5,129     $  4,948     $ 4,938   $5,045  
911  
843      
858  
  4,134  
  4,337        4,105       4,080  
200  
150  
  —  
101  
  —  
—  
688  
638  
  —  
13  
583  
628  
  4,140  
     3,965        4,467       4,307  
  1,065  
729       1,003  
204  
112      
235  
799   $ 830  
617     $
0.18   $ 0.18  
   $ (0.11 )   $  0.14     $

(925 )     
(463 )     
(462 )   $ 

56       
—       
691       

$

   $ 4,540     $  4,299     $ 4,262   $4,294  
3.16%   3.09%
3.23 %   
3.34%   3.27%
3.42 %   

3.45 %    
3.63 %    

3.53%    
3.70%    

The allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which represents 
management’s best estimate of probable losses that have been incurred within the existing portfolio of loans. The allowance, with the 
judgment of management, is necessary to reserve for estimated loan losses on risks inherent in the loan portfolio. Accordingly, the 
methodology to establish the amount of the allowance is based on historical loss experience by type of credit and internal risk grade, 
specific homogeneous risk pools, and specific loss allocations, with adjustments for current events and conditions. The Company’s 
process for determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses is designed to account for credit deterioration as it 
occurs.  

The Company’s allowance for loan loss methodology consists of three elements: (i) specific valuation allowances on probable losses 
on specific loans; (ii) historical valuation allowances based on historical loan loss experience for similar loans with similar 
characteristics and trends; and (iii) general valuation allowances based on general economic conditions and other qualitative risk 
factors both internal and external to the Company.  

35 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
    
     
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
The allowances established for probable losses on specific loans are based on recurring analyses and evaluations of classified loans. 
Loans are categorized into risk grade classifications based on an internal credit risk grading process that evaluates, among other things: 
(i) the obligor’s ability to repay; (ii) the underlying collateral, if any; and (iii) the economic environment and industry in which the 
borrower operates. The Bank currently divides the loan and lease portfolio into the following major categories: 1) Pooled Loans 
(unclassified) with similar risk characteristics; 2) Substandard Loans (classified) defined as being inadequately protected by current sound 
net worth, paying capacity of the borrower, or pledged collateral; 3) Special Mention (classified) defined as having potential weaknesses 
that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may, at some future date, result in the 
deterioration of the repayment prospects for the credit or the Bank’s credit position; 4) Loss or doubtful loans (classified) have all the 
weaknesses of the previous classifications, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the 
basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values highly questionable and improbable; and 5) Impaired Loans which generally 
include non-accrual loans. Once a loan is assigned a risk grade of classified, the loan review officer assesses whether the loan is to be 
evaluated for impairment based on the Company policy. A portion of the allowance for loan loss is specifically allocated to those loans 
which are evaluated for impairment and determined to be impaired. Specific valuation allowances are determined by analyzing the 
borrower’s ability to repay amounts owed, collateral deficiencies, the relative risk grade of the loan and economic conditions affecting the 
borrower’s industry, among other things. If after review, the loan is not considered to be impaired, the loan is included with a pool of 
similar loans that is assigned a valuation allowance calculated based on the historical loss experience and qualitative factors of the 
pool type. The valuation allowance is calculated based on the historical loss experience of specific types of classified loans. The 
Company calculates historical loss ratios for pools of loans with similar characteristics based on the proportion of actual charge-offs 
experienced to the total population of loans in the pool. The historical loss ratios are periodically updated based on actual charge-off 
experience.  

A general valuation allowance is established for pools of homogeneous loans based upon the product of the historical loss ratio 
adjusted for qualitative factors and the total dollar amount of the loans in the pool. Specific qualitative factors considered by 
management include trends in volume or terms, changes in lending policy levels and trends in charge-offs, classification and non-
accrual loans, concentrations of credit and local and national economic factors. The Company’s pools of similar loans include 
similarly risk-graded groups of commercial loans, commercial real estate loans, residential real estate loans, home equity loans and 
other consumer loans. Additional factors are used on pools of loans considered special mention; specifically, levels and trends in 
classification, declining trends in financial performance, structure and lack of performance measures and migration from special 
mention to substandard. For loans graded as substandard, a separate historical loss rate is calculated as a percent of charge-offs net of 
recoveries to the balance of substandard loans, which results in a higher historical loss factor. This is also adjusted for the qualitative 
factors discussed previously.  

Loans identified as losses by management, internal loan review and/or bank examiners are charged off. Furthermore, consumer loan 
accounts are charged off in accordance with regulatory requirements.  

The Company maintains an allowance for losses on unfunded commercial lending commitments to provide for the risk of loss inherent 
in these arrangements. The allowance is computed using a methodology similar to that used to determine the allowance for loan 
losses. This allowance is reported as a liability on the consolidated balance sheets within other liabilities, while the corresponding 
provision for these losses is recorded as a component of other non-interest expenses. At both December 31, 2014 and 2013, this 
allowance was $84,000.  

Portions of the allowance may be allocated for specific credits; however, the entire allowance is available for any credit that, in 
management’s judgment, should be charged off. While management utilizes its best judgment and information available, the ultimate 
adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond the Company’s control, including the performance of the 
Company’s loan portfolio, the economy, changes in interest rates and the view of the regulatory authorities toward loan classifications.  

Although management believes the Company uses the best information available to make loan loss allowance determinations, future 
adjustments could be necessary if circumstances or economic conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making our 
initial determinations. Increased levels of job loss and high unemployment, home foreclosures and business failures could result in 
increased levels of nonperforming assets and charge-offs, increased loan loss provisions and reductions in income. Additionally, as an 
integral part of their examination process, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan losses. The banking 
agencies could require the recognition of additions to the loan loss allowance based on their judgment of information available to them 
at the time of their examination.  

36 

The following is an analysis of changes in the allowance for loan losses for the period ended: 

Balance at beginning of year .................................................   $
Loan losses: 
Commercial ...........................................................................    
Commercial real estate ..........................................................    
Residential real estate ............................................................    
Consumer - home equity .......................................................    
Consumer - other ...................................................................    
Total .................................................................................    

Recoveries on previous loan losses: 
Commercial ...........................................................................    
Commercial real estate ..........................................................    
Residential real estate ............................................................    
Consumer - home equity .......................................................    
Consumer - other ...................................................................    
Total .................................................................................    
Net loan losses ......................................................................    
Provision charged to operations ............................................    
Balance at end of year ...........................................................   $
Ratio of net loan losses to average total loans 

outstanding .......................................................................    
Ratio of loan loss allowance to total loans ............................    

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 

2014

2013

2012 

2011

2010

3,764  

   $

3,825      $

3,058       $ 

2,501   $ 2,437  

(123)
(186)
(93)
(48)
(144)
(594)

274  
3  
16  
24  
77  
394  
(200)
1,638  
5,202  

(1)    
(782)    
(81)    
(12)    
(146)    

(1,022) 

(1,937 ) 
(36 ) 
(231 ) 
(59 ) 
(152 ) 
(2,415 ) 

—  
(211)   
(362)   
(91)   
(168)   
(832)   

(1) 
(204) 
(229) 
(14) 
(168) 
(616) 

167     
11     
26     
18     
89     
311  
(711)    
650     
3,764      $

9   
37   
46   
13      
57   
162   
(2,253 )    
3,020      
3,825       $ 

—  
3  
58  
118  
18  
6  
3  
6  
96  
60  
175  
193  
(441) 
(639)   
1,196  
505  
3,058   $ 2,501  

   $

0.06%  
1.44%  

0.23%  
1.09%  

0.78 %   
1.21 %   

0.24%  
1.06%  

0.19%
0.94%

The $782,000 commercial real estate charge-off in 2013 contains $710,000 in charge-offs to a single borrower which had $530,000 in 
a related specific allowance prior to the charge-off. The $1.9 million commercial loan charge-off in 2012 related to a single borrower 
to which no related allowance had been previously allocated.  

The following is an allocation of the year end allowance for loan losses. The allowance has been allocated according to the amount 
deemed to be reasonably necessary to provide for the possibility of losses being incurred within the following categories of loans as 
of:  

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31,

2014

2013

2012

2011 

2010

Commercial ..................................................   $ 
Commercial real estate .................................     
Residential real estate ...................................     
Consumer - home equity ..............................     
Consumer - other ..........................................     
Total ..........................................................   $ 

2,064     $
2,754    
229    
60    
95    

5,202 

  $

593     $

639      $ 

565     $

2,638    
356    
88    
89    

2,616     
343     
123     
104     

1,803    
470    
128    
92    

3,764 

  $

3,825   

  $ 

3,058 

  $

249
1,611
418
111
112
2,501

The allocations of the allowance as shown in the previous table should not be interpreted as an indication that future loan losses will 
occur in the same proportions or that the allocations indicate future loan loss trends. Furthermore, the portion allocated to each loan 
category is not the total amount available for future losses that might occur within such categories since the total allowance is 
applicable to the entire portfolio, and allocation of a portion of the allowance to one category of loans does not preclude availability to 
absorb losses in other categories. 

37 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
    
  
  
    
     
    
     
    
  
    
  
  
 
 
     
 
  
 
 
     
  
 
 
     
  
 
 
     
  
 
 
     
 
 
   
    
  
  
    
     
    
     
    
  
    
  
  
 
 
     
 
  
 
 
     
 
  
 
 
     
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
     
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
LOAN PORTFOLIO  

The following table represents the composition of the loan portfolio as of:  

2014 

2013

(Amounts in thousands)

December 31,

2012

2011 

2010

Balance 

     % 

Balance

    %     

Balance

    %     

Balance 

     %     Balance

%

Commercial ............................   $  72,330        20.1      $ 73,643      21.2     $ 62,312      19.6     $  60,233        20.8    $ 42,349 16.0
Commercial real estate ...........      223,536        62.1        206,744      59.6       193,417      61.1        160,319        55.5      146,389 55.2
39,091      12.3        45,780        15.8      52,262 19.7
42,288      12.2      
Residential real estate .............      38,875        10.8       
5.9      16,963 6.4
17,910     
5.6      
19,510     
5.9       
Consumer - home equity ........      21,328       
7,216 2.7
2.0     
4,552     
1.4      
4,648     
1.1       
4,116       
Consumer - other ....................     
Total loans ...........................   $  360,185         

5.6        16,916       
5,848       
1.4       
 $  289,096         

   $ 346,833        

  $ 317,282        

    $265,179   

The following schedule sets forth maturities based on remaining scheduled repayments of principal or next re-pricing opportunity for 
loans (excluding residential real estate, consumer- home equity and consumer-other) as of:  

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2014 

1 Year or Less

Over 1 Year to 5 
Years

  Over 5 Years 

Total

Commercial ...............................................................  $
Commercial real estate ..............................................   
Total loans ............................................................  $

49,598    $
65,053     
114,651    $

12,351    $
121,097     
133,448    $

10,381     $
37,386       
47,767     $

72,330 
223,536 
295,866 

The following schedule sets forth loans based on next re-pricing opportunity for floating and adjustable interest rate products, and by 
remaining scheduled principal payments for loan products with fixed rates of interest. Residential real estate, consumer - home equity 
and consumer – other loans have again been excluded.  

Floating or adjustable rates of interest ................................  $
Fixed rates of interest ..........................................................   
Total loans .....................................................................  $

111,669    $
2,982     
114,651    $

128,141     $ 
53,074       
181,215     $ 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2014 
Over 1 Year 

1 Year or Less

Total

239,810 
56,056 
295,866 

The Company recorded an increase of $13.4 million in the loan portfolio in 2014 from the level of $346.8 million recorded at 
December 31, 2013. Gross loans as a percentage of earning assets stood at 67.3% as of December 31, 2014 and 66.7% at 
December 31, 2013. The loan-to-deposit ratio at December 31, 2014 was 78.9% as compared to 77.3% at December 31, 2013. Despite 
the slow economic recovery in the region, the Bank posted year-over-year growth in total loans of 3.8%. As the balance sheet is 
adequately structured to accommodate additional loan growth, management remains committed to fulfilling the credit needs of 
creditworthy customers. Included in year-end total loans are short-term, 60-day loans closed in 2014 for $22.6 million, compared to 
$27.6 million in 2013. At December 31, 2014 the loan loss allowance of $5.2 million represented approximately 1.4% of outstanding 
loans, and at December 31, 2013, the loan loss allowance of $3.8 million represented approximately 1.1% of outstanding loans. 

The portion of the loan portfolio represented by commercial loans (including commercial real estate) remained about the same from 
80.8% in 2013 to 82.2% in 2014. Consumer loans (including home equity loans) were approximately 7.0% of the loan portfolio in 
2013 and 2014 as the Bank remains challenged in growing these portfolios with consumers deleveraging their household since the 
economic downturn of 2008-2009. Between 2013 and 2014, the balance of residential real estate loans decreased slightly from 12.2% 
to 10.8% of the loan portfolio as borrowers continue to look to qualify for the secondary market in order to take advantage of 
historically low interest rates while management previously elected not to portfolio historically low yields.  

38 

  
  
  
  
    
    
    
   
  
    
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
     
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
     
 
The following graph offers a comparison of loan composition for the time period 2010 to 2014:  

Loan Portfolio Composition
(in percentages)

2014

2010

62.1

55.2

20.1

16.0

19.7

10.8

5.9

6.4

1.1

2.7

Commercial    Commercial real 

estate

Residential real 
estate

Consumer -
home equity

Consumer - other

60

50

40

30
30

20

10

0

Commercial, commercial real estate and residential real estate loans continue to comprise the largest share of the Company’s loan 
portfolio. At the end of 2014, commercial, commercial real estate and residential real estate loans comprised a combined 93.0% of the 
portfolio compared to 90.9% at December 31, 2010. Excluding year-end, short term, cash-secured loans of $22.6 million and $27.6 
million closed in 2014 and 2013, respectively, the core commercial loan portfolio (excluding commercial real estate) grew by $20.5 
million, or 8.1%, over the prior year 2013. The loan portfolio at December 31, 2014 also included home equity loans at 5.9% and 
consumer installment loans at 1.1%. These percentages compare to home equity loans at 6.4% and consumer installment loans at 2.7% 
on December 31, 2010.  

The balance of the commercial loan portfolio, which includes commercial mortgages, is $295.9 million at December 31, 2014, an 
increase of $15.5 million from the balance of $280.4 million recorded at December 31, 2013 and represents a 5.5% growth. Short-
term, asset-based commercial loans, including lines of credit, decreased slightly during the year. Commercial real estate (CRE) loans 
reflected the largest component growth from the prior period of $16.8 million, or 8.1%, which substantially represents investment real 
estate supported by third-party rents and leases. At December 31, 2014, the total commercial real estate portfolio consisted of 32.5% 
in owner occupied real estate and 67.5% in non-owner occupied real estate. The increase in CRE loans was a direct result of 
management taking strategic advantage of competitive market conditions and the Bank’s considerable liquidity position. The CRE 
portfolio was also enhanced by lending into the Skilled Nursing and Personal Health Care industries. In 2006, the federal banking 
regulatory agencies published interagency guidance on CRE Concentration Risk Management stating that if total commercial real 
estate concentration exceeded 300% of a bank’s total capital (or if the CRE portfolio increased by over 50% in the preceding 3 years), 
the portfolio may represent significant concentration risk and additional monitoring may be required. The Bank’s CRE concentration, 
excluding owner-occupied real estate, as of December 31, 2014 was $150.9 million, which is 246.6% of total unimpaired or risk-based 
capital, compared to 229.6% for 2013. Management believes that its current level of credit review and portfolio monitoring adequately 
assures that the Bank is mitigating CRE concentration levels. In a strategic effort to diversify, the Bank continues to develop its 
commercial loan portfolio and, as such, the December 31, 2014 balance of $72.3 million represents 24.4% of the total commercial 
portfolio, which reflected a 1.8% increase from the period December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014. However, excluding the year-
end, short term, cash-secured loans that were reduced by $5.0 million from 2013 to 2014, the core commercial loan portfolio grew by 
$3.7 million, or 8.0%, from 2013 to 2014. 

Loan personnel will continue to aggressively pursue both commercial and small business opportunities supported by product 
incentives and marketing efforts. When necessary, management will continue to offer competitive fixed-rate commercial real estate 
products to qualifying customers in an effort to establish new business relationships, retain existing relationships, and capture 
additional market share. The Bank’s lending function continues to provide business services to a wide array of medium and small 
businesses, including but not limited to, commercial and industrial accounts such as health care facilities, grocery stores, 
manufacturers, trucking companies, physicians and medical groups, service contractors, restaurants, hospitality industry companies, 
retailers, wholesalers, educational institutions and other political subdivisions as well as commercial and residential real estate 
builders.  

Commercial and small business loans are originated by commercial loan personnel and other loan personnel assigned to the Bank’s 
offices within various geographical regions. These loans are all processed in accordance with established business loan underwriting 
standards and practices.  

39 

 
The following table provides an overview of commercial loans by various business sectors reflecting the areas of largest 
concentration. It should be noted that these are current loan balances including executed commitments to fund and do not reflect 
existing commitments that have not been accepted or executed.  

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31,

2014

2013

2012

Balances

  % of Portfolio    

Balances

  % of Portfolio       Balances

  % of Portfolio  

Non-residential building/apartment 

building ......................................................   $ 
Hotels/motels ..................................................     
Skilled nursing ................................................     
Nursing and personal care ...............................     
Trucking/courier services ................................     

56,731     
31,151     
30,239     
16,097     
15,670     

19.17    $
10.53     
10.22     
5.44     
5.30     

51,396     
24,745     
30,589     
13,226     
13,934     

18.33     $ 
8.83       
10.91       
4.72       
4.97       

39,990     
18,999     
24,573     
14,803     
14,271     

15.64 
7.43 
9.61 
5.79 
5.58 

The most substantial increase in concentrations since 2012 comes from non-residential building/apartment building. The single largest 
customer relationship had an aggregate balance at year end 2014 of $11.4 million compared to $18.1 million in 2013. This balance 
represented approximately 3.9% of the total commercial and CRE portfolio in 2014 and 6.5% in 2013. It is important to note that 
within this relationship, there is a 60-day note for $10.5 million in 2014 and $17.0 million in 2013, which are fully secured by 
segregated deposit accounts with the Bank.  

The Bank continues to be active in home equity financing. Home equity term loans and credit lines (HELOCs) remain popular with 
consumers wishing to finance home improvement costs, education expenses, vacations and consumer goods purchased at favorable 
interest rates. In order to improve customer retention and provide better overall balance, management will continue to evaluate and 
reposition the Company’s portfolio product offerings during 2014.  

In the consumer lending area, the Company provides financing for a variety of consumer purchases, such as: fixed-rate amortizing 
mortgage products that consumers utilize for home improvements; the purchase of consumer goods of all types; and education, travel 
and other personal expenditures. The consolidation of credit card balances and other existing debt into term payouts continues to 
remain a popular financing option among consumers.  

Additional information regarding the loan portfolio can be found in Item 8, Notes 1, 3, 8, 11 and 14 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements.  

MORTGAGE BANKING  

In late 2011, the Company implemented a wholesale mortgage operation serviced through CSB. During 2013 and 2012, management 
capitalized on the expertise of CSB’s newly hired personnel to substantially increase loans sold on the secondary market. The 
persistent rise in mortgage rates that began in May 2013 caused the Company’s application volume to decline from $82.9 million and 
$94.2 million for the first and second quarters of 2013 to $42.7 million in the third quarter of 2013, compared to $123.9 million for the 
same quarter of 2012. With the dramatic volume decrease and the prospects for any turnaround considered improbable in the near 
term, the Company curtailed portions of its mortgage banking activities. Originations from the wholesale channel and all out-of-
market retail origination was closed down as of September 13, 2013. In addition to the origination channels, operational staff were 
also severed in order to right-size the business line with expected volume. 

Currently, the Company is not retaining the servicing on loans sold. Although the Company’s primary strategy is to sell long-term 
residential mortgages, loans are occasionally retained in the portfolio when requested by a customer or to enhance account 
relationships, and tend to be variable rate or shorter term. The mix of portfolio retained to those sold to investors will vary from year 
to year. The Company has shifted to a more retail based volume versus the wholesale channel.  

The Company maintains reserves for mortgage loans sold to agencies and investors in the event that, either through error or 
disagreement between the parties, the Company is required to indemnify the purchase. The reserves take into consideration risks 
associated with underwriting, key factors in the mortgage industry, loans with specific reserve requirements, past due loans and 
potential indemnification by the Company. Reserves are estimated based on consideration of factors in the mortgage industry, such as 
declining collateral values and rising levels of delinquency, default and foreclosure, coupled with increased incidents of quality 
reviews at all levels of the mortgage industry seeking justification for pushing back losses to loan originators and wholesalers. As of 
December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had reserves for mortgage loans sold of $700,000 and $681,000, respectively. For the 
twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded $19,000 and $251,000, respectively, in provision expense 
related to potential repurchase and warranties exposure. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company did not 
repurchase any mortgage loans sold.  

40 

  
  
 
  
 
  
   
     
 
  
 
 
 
INVESTMENT SECURITIES  

Investment securities are segregated into three separate portfolios: available-for-sale, held-to-maturity and trading. Each portfolio type 
has its own method of accounting. The Company currently does not maintain a held-to-maturity portfolio. Securities classified as 
available-for-sale are those that could be sold for liquidity, investment management, or similar reasons even though management has 
no present intentions to do so. Securities available-for-sale are carried at fair value using the specific identification method. Changes 
in the unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are recorded net of tax effect as a component of comprehensive 
income.  

Held-to-maturity securities are recorded at historical cost and adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. 
Securities designated by the Company as held-to-maturity tend to be higher yielding but less liquid either due to maturity, size or other 
characteristics of the issue. The Company must have both the intent and the ability to hold such securities to maturity.  

Trading securities are currently an investment in obligations of states and political subdivisions and include cash equivalent 
investments for trading liquidity. Management has purchased these securities principally for the purpose of selling them in the near 
term. Trading securities are carried at fair value with valuation adjustments included in other non-interest income.  

Securities the Company has designated as available-for-sale may be sold prior to maturity in order to fund loan demand, to adjust for 
interest rate sensitivity, to reallocate bank resources or to reposition the portfolio to reflect changing economic conditions and shifts in 
the relative values of market sectors. Available-for-sale securities tend to be more liquid investments and generally exhibit less price 
volatility as interest rates fluctuate.  

Securities are evaluated periodically to determine whether a decline in their value is other-than-temporary. Management utilizes 
criteria such as the magnitude and duration of the decline, in addition to the reasons underlying the decline, to determine whether the 
loss in value is other-than-temporary. The OTTI is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the 
prospect for a near-term recovery of value is not necessarily favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support a realizable value 
equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment. Once a decline in value is determined to be an OTTI, the credit-related 
OTTI is recognized in earnings while the non-credit related OTTI on securities not expected to be sold is recognized in other 
comprehensive income (loss).  

The following table shows the fair value of available-for-sale securities by type of obligation at:  

U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government agencies and corporations ..............................  $
Obligations of states and political subdivisions ........................................................   
U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities and collateralized 

mortgage obligations ............................................................................................   
Trust preferred securities...........................................................................................   
Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock .....................................   
Total fair value of investment securities available-for-sale ....................................  $

(Amounts in thousands)

December 31,
2013 

2014

8,749     $ 
50,091       

9,059     $
43,535      

99,579       
779       
3,049       
 $ 

162,247  

95,107      
10,136      
3,049      
160,886  $

2012

8,188 
42,316 

123,481 
7,612 
3,049 
184,646 

Impairment Analysis of Investment Securities  

Item 8, Note 2 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contains the accounting and disclosures for securities 
impairment.  

Fair Value  

The Company owns two trust preferred securities totaling $2.0 million (current face) consisting of obligations of banks, thrifts and 
insurance companies. The market for these securities at December 31, 2014 is not fully active and markets for similar securities are 
also not completely active. Given conditions in the debt markets today and the absence of observable transactions in the secondary and 
new issue markets, the Company determined the few observable transactions and market quotations that are available are not reliable 
for purposes of determining fair value at December 31, 2014. It was decided that an income valuation approach technique (present 
value technique) that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs would be more 
representative of fair value than the market approach valuation technique used at measurement dates prior to 2008.  

41 

  
  
 
  
 
  
    
    
 
The Company enlisted the aid of an independent third party to perform the trust preferred securities valuations. The approach to 
determining fair value involved the following process:  

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

Estimate the credit quality of the collateral using average probability of default values for each issuer (adjusted for rating 
levels).  

Consider the potential for correlation among issuers within the same industry for default probabilities (e.g. banks with 
other banks).  

Forecast the cash flows for the underlying collateral and apply to each trust preferred security tranche to determine the 
resulting distribution among the securities.  
Discount the expected cash flows to calculate the present value of the security.  

The effective discount rates on an overall basis generally range from 10.24% to 15.75% and are highly dependent upon the credit 
quality of the collateral, the relative position of the tranche in the capital structure of the trust preferred securities and the prepayment 
assumptions.  

Based upon the results of the analysis, the Company currently believes that a weighted average price of approximately $0.43 per $1.00 
of par value is representative of the fair value of the two trust preferred securities, with individual securities therein ranging from 
$0.39 to $0.47. 

The Company considered all information available as of December 31, 2014 to estimate the impairment and resulting fair value of the 
trust preferred securities. These securities are supported by a number of banks and insurance companies located throughout the 
country. If the conditions of the underlying banks in the trust preferred securities worsen, there may be additional impairment to 
recognize in 2015 or later. In February 2014, the Company completed the sale of all nine of the disallowed investments under the 
Volcker Rule along with one other permissible holding. Proceeds of the $10.2 million were received on an amortized cost of $10.0 
million resulting in a pre-tax gain of approximately $200,000. 

42 

A summary of securities held at December 31, 2014, classified according to the earlier of next re-pricing or the maturity date and the 
weighted average yield for each range of maturities, is set forth below. Fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities are classified by their 
estimated contractual cash flow, adjusted for current prepayment assumptions. Actual maturities may differ from contractual 
maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.  

U.S. Government agencies and corporations: 

Maturing or repricing within one year .......................................   $
Maturing or repricing after one year but within five years ........    
Maturing or repricing after five years but within ten years .......    
Maturing or repricing after ten years .........................................    
Total U.S. Government agencies and corporations .................   $

Obligations of states and political subdivisions: 

Maturing or repricing within one year .......................................   $
Maturing or repricing after one year but within five years ........    
Maturing or repricing after five years but within ten years .......    
Maturing or repricing after ten years .........................................    
Total obligations of states and political subdivisions ..............   $

U.S. Government mortgage-backed and related securities: 

Maturing or repricing within one year .......................................   $
Maturing or repricing after one year but within five years ........    
Maturing or repricing after five years but within ten years .......    
Maturing or repricing after ten years .........................................    

Total U.S. Government mortgage-backed and related 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Fair Value

Weighted Average 
Yield (1) 

101      
—      
8,648      
—      
8,749      

—      
1,754      
6,124      
42,213      
50,091      

3,082      
14,076      
—      
82,421      

4.708%
—  
2.043  
—  
2.074%

—%
4.582  
5.014  
4.551  
4.609%

2.908%
1.765  
—  
2.426  

securities ............................................................................   $

99,579      

2.347%

Other securities (2): 

Maturing or repricing within one year .......................................   $
Maturing or repricing after one year but within five years ........    
Maturing or repricing after five years but within ten years .......    
Maturing or repricing after ten years .........................................    
Total other securities ...............................................................   $

779      
—      
—      
3,049      
3,828      

1.920%
—  
—  
—  
0.391%

(1)  The weighted-average yield has been computed by dividing the total interest income adjusted for amortization of premium or 

accretion of discount over the life of the security by the amortized cost of the securities outstanding. The weighted-average yield 
of tax-exempt obligations of states and political subdivisions has been calculated on a fully taxable equivalent basis. The amount 
of adjustment to interest, which is based on the statutory tax rate of 34%, was $857,000.  

(2)  Regulatory stock is included in the amount maturing or repricing after ten years.  

As of December 31, 2014, there were $5.3 million in callable U.S. Government agency securities and $2.0 million in callable 
obligations of states and political subdivisions that, given current and expected interest rate environments, are likely to be called 
within the one-year time horizon. These securities are categorized according to their contractual maturities, with none classified as 
maturing or repricing within one year, $337,000 classified as maturing after one year but within five years, $6.1 million classified as 
maturing after five years but within ten years and $770,000 classified as maturing after 10 years.  

As of December 31, 2014, there were no callable U.S. Government agency securities, $27.1 million in callable obligations of states 
and political subdivisions that, given current and expected interest rate environments, have the possibility of being called within the 
time frame defined as after one year but within five years. These securities are categorized according to their contractual maturities, 
with $1.0 million maturing after one year but within five years, $3.0 million maturing after five years but within ten years and $23.1 
million maturing after 10 years.  

43 

  
  
  
  
     
  
    
        
  
    
      
  
 
      
  
 
      
  
 
 
As of December 31, 2014, the carrying value of all investment securities totaled $162.2 million, a decrease of $1.3 million, or 0.85%, 
from the prior year. The Bank’s management elected to reallocate some of the proceeds from called and paid-down securities that 
were realized during the twelve months ended December 31, 2014. Additionally, by utilizing the available liquidity, the Bank was able 
to fund commercial loan growth. The investment portfolio represents 35.5% of each deposit dollar, down slightly from 35.9% at the 
prior year end. The allocation between single maturity investment securities and mortgage-backed securities shifted to a 39/61 split 
versus the 41/59 division of the previous year.  

Holdings of U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities increased by $7.6 million, or 9.7%. This increase was the result 
of $31.2 million in purchases offset by sales of $9.4 million and principal paydowns of $14.1 million.  

Holdings of trust preferred securities decreased $9.4 million, or 92.3%, due to the sale of the disallowed trust preferred securities.  

Holdings of obligations of state and political subdivisions increased by $6.6 million, or 15.2%. The increase was due to purchases of 
$9.8 million offset by calls of $3.4 million.  

Holdings of other securities remained relatively unchanged during the year.  

The mix of mortgage-backed securities remained weighted in favor of fixed-rate securities in 2014, and accordingly, the portion of the 
mortgage-backed portfolio allocated to fixed-rate securities increased from 88.4% to 96.8% in the current year. Floating-rate and 
adjustable-rate mortgage-backed securities provide some degree of protection against rising interest rates, while fixed-rate securities 
perform better in periods of stable-to-slightly-declining interest rates. Included in the mortgage-backed securities portfolio are 
investments in collateralized mortgage obligations, which totaled $14.0 million and $17.1 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, 
respectively.  

At December 31, 2014, a net unrealized gain of $359,000 million, net of tax, was included in shareholders’ equity as a component of 
other comprehensive income, as compared to a net unrealized loss of $2.9 million, net of tax, as of December 31, 2013. Lower interest 
rates generally translate into more favorable market prices for debt securities; conversely, rising interest rates generally result in 
depreciation in the market value of debt securities.  

The Company has $779,000 in investments considered to be structured notes as of December 31, 2014, a decrease of $9.3 million, or 
92.3% from one year ago. The decrease was due to the February 2014 sale of ten structured notes. The Company has no investments 
in other derivative products.  

Additional information regarding investment securities can be found in Item 8, Notes 1 and 2 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements.  

DEPOSITS  

The Company’s deposits are derived from the individuals and businesses located in its primary market area. Total deposits at year-end 
exhibited an increase of 1.8% to $456.8 million at December 31, 2014, as compared to $448.7 million at December 31, 2013.  

The Company’s deposit base consists of demand deposits, savings, money market and time deposit accounts. Average noninterest-
bearing deposits increased 6.0% during 2014, while average interest-bearing deposits decreased by 3.5%.  

At December 31, 2014, noninterest-bearing deposits were $94.7 million, or 20.7%, compared to $89.9 million or 20.0% of total 
deposits in 2013.  

Core deposits, which are deposits exclusive of certificates of deposit greater than $250,000, represented 91.7% of total deposits at 
year-end 2014 compared to 91.6% in 2013.  

The Company’s portfolio of certificates of deposit is sourced primarily from customers in the Bank’s immediate market area and 
includes an insignificant amount of brokered deposits.  

44 

Average noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing checking accounts now comprise 28.9% of total deposits compared to 24.1% five 
years ago. The largest shift, however, is the decline in CD balances of 11.5%. This is reflective of the unwillingness of customers to 
commit to longer terms in the low interest rate environment, and the expectation of rising rates on the horizon. The following table 
depicts how the deposit mix has shifted during this five-year time frame.  

Checking ......................................................................................   
NOW ............................................................................................   
Money market ..............................................................................   
Savings .........................................................................................   
CDs ...............................................................................................   

(In percentages) 
December 31, 

2014

2010 

21.2      
7.7      
13.9      
26.8      
30.4      

16.2 
7.9 
10.4 
23.6 
41.9 

Additional information regarding interest-bearing deposits can be found in Item 8, Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  

OTHER ASSETS AND OTHER LIABILITIES  

Premises and equipment totaled $7.7 million at December 31, 2014, an increase of $1.0 million from $6.7 million at December 31, 
2013. The increase is due to a $1.3 million purchase of land to be used to construct a new branch in Canfield, Ohio in Mahoning 
County. Bank-owned life insurance had a cash surrender value of $17.0 million at December 31, 2014 and $15.1 million at 
December 31, 2013. The Company purchased $1.6 million in bank-owned life insurance in 2014 and $714,000 in 2013 as part of its 
funding of executive post-retirement benefits. Other assets decreased to $8.0 million at December 31, 2014 from $10.9 million at 
December 31, 2013. Net deferred tax assets measured $3.4 million at December 31, 2014 compared to $5.5 million at December 31, 
2013. Federal income tax receivable of $70,000 and $1.0 million was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, 
respectively.  

In 2014, a $1.7 million investment in a partnership fund is included in other assets and $1.9 million at 2013 with an offsetting 
$810,000 in other liabilities at 2014 and $1.8 million in 2013, which is the commitment to fund this affordable housing investment.  

Other liabilities measured $6.4 million at December 31, 2014 and $7.2 million at December 31, 2013. The decrease from December 
31, 2013 is due to a $970,000 decrease in the commitment to fund the affordable housing partnership fund previously described. Other 
major components are accrued interest on deposits and borrowings which measured $248,000 and $290,000 in 2014 and 2013. 
Accrued expenses measured $3.6 million at December 31, 2014 and $3.4 million at December 31, 2013. Post-retirement benefits is the 
largest accrued expense item, which measured $2.0 million at December 31, 2014 and $1.9 million at December 31, 2013.  

ASSET-LIABILITY MANAGEMENT  

The Company’s executive management and Board of Directors routinely review the Company’s balance sheet structure for stability, 
liquidity and capital adequacy. The Company has defined a set of key control parameters which provide various measures of the 
Company’s exposure to changes in interest rates. The Company’s asset-liability management goal is to produce a net interest margin 
that is relatively stable despite interest rate volatility, while maintaining an acceptable level of earnings. Net interest income is the 
difference between total interest earned on a fully taxable equivalent basis and total interest expensed. The net interest margin ratio 
expresses this difference as a percentage of average earning assets. In the past five years, the net interest margin has averaged 3.59% 
ranging between 3.41% and 3.72% as depicted in the following table.  

Net interest margin ................ 

3.67   

3.41  

3.58  

3.72   

2014 

2013

(In percentages)

December 31,

2012

2011 

2010

3.59

Included among the various measurement techniques used by the Company to identify and manage exposure to changing interest rates 
is the use of computer-based simulation models. Computerized simulation techniques enable the Company to explore and measure net 
interest income volatility under alternative asset deployment strategies, different interest rate environments, various product offerings 
and changing growth patterns.  

45 

  
  
 
  
 
  
     
 
  
    
        
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
During 2014, the effective maturities of earning assets tended to shorten as rates in the credit markets remained extremely low. Federal 
Reserve policy makers kept the short-term rates in the range of 0.00% to 0.25% during all of 2014 in an attempt to ease strains in the 
financial market, stimulate spending and help improve the recovery. With rates low during the year, prepayments on loans and 
mortgage-backed securities remained high, causing the effective maturities of existing earning assets to shorten during 2014. During 
the year, management invested the excess funds, with an allocation towards municipal bonds and mortgage-backed securities.  

The computerized simulation techniques utilized by management provide a more sophisticated measure of the degree to which the 
Company’s interest sensitive assets and liabilities may be impacted by changes in the general level of interest rates. These analyses 
show the Company’s net interest income remaining relatively neutral within the economic and interest rate scenarios anticipated by 
management. As previously noted, the Company’s net interest margin has remained in the range of 3.41% to 3.72% over the past five 
years, a period characterized by significant shifts in the mix of earning assets and the direction and level of interest rates. The targeted 
Federal funds rate during that period ranged from a low of 0.00% to 0.25%, as Federal Reserve monetary policy turned from guarding 
against deflation to warding off inflationary threats to attempting to recover from a recession and softening the effects of the housing 
correction.  

LIQUIDITY  

The central role of the Company’s liquidity management is to (1) ensure sufficient liquid funds to meet the normal transaction 
requirements of its customers, (2) take advantage of market opportunities requiring flexibility and speed, and (3) provide a cushion 
against unforeseen liquidity needs.  

Liquidity risk arises from the possibility that the Company may not be able to satisfy current or future financial commitments or may 
become unduly reliant on alternative funding sources. The objective of liquidity management is to ensure the Company has the ability 
to fund balance sheet growth and meet deposit and debt obligations in a timely and cost-effective manner. Management monitors 
liquidity through a regular review of asset and liability maturities, funding sources, and loan and deposit forecasts. The Company 
maintains strategic and contingency liquidity plans to ensure sufficient available funding to satisfy requirements for balance sheet 
growth, properly manage capital markets funding sources and address unexpected liquidity requirements.  

Principal sources of liquidity available to the Company include assets considered relatively liquid, such as interest-bearing deposits in 
other banks, federal funds sold, and cash and due from banks, as well as cash flows from maturities and repayments of loans, 
investment securities and mortgage-backed securities.  

Principal repayments on mortgage-backed securities along with investment securities maturing or called amounted to $22.1 million 
during 2014, representing 13.0% of the total combined portfolio, compared to $39.2 million, or 24.4%, of the portfolio a year ago, 
reflecting the reduction in prepayment speeds throughout 2014 versus 2013.  

In order to address the concern of FDIC insurance of larger depositors, the Bank is a member of the Certificate of Deposit Account 
Registry Service (CDARS®) program and the Insured Cash Sweep (ICS) program. Through CDARS®, the Bank’s customers can 
increase their FDIC insurance by up to $50.0 million through reciprocal certificate of deposit accounts and likewise through ICS, they 
can accomplish the same through money market savings accounts. This is accomplished by the Bank entering into reciprocal 
depository relationships with other member banks. The individual customer’s large deposit is broken into amounts below $250,000 
and placed with other banks that are members of the network. The reciprocal member bank issues certificates of deposit or money 
market savings accounts in amounts that ensure that the entire deposit is eligible for FDIC insurance. At December 31, 2014, the Bank 
had $9.8 million in deposits in the CDARS® program, and $1.0 million of deposits in the ICS money market program. For regulatory 
purposes, CDARS® and ICS are considered a brokered deposit even though reciprocal deposits are matched with funds from 
customers in the local market.  

Along with its liquid assets, the Bank has other sources of liquidity available to it which help to ensure that adequate funds are 
available as needed. These other sources include, but are not limited to, the ability to obtain deposits through the adjustment of interest 
rates, the purchasing of federal funds, correspondent bank lines of credit and access to the Federal Reserve Discount Window. The 
Bank is also a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati, which provides its largest source of liquidity. At December 31, 
2014, the Bank had approximately $12.9 million available of collateral-based borrowing capacity at FHLB of Cincinnati, 
supplementing the $5.3 million of availability with the Federal Reserve Discount window. Additionally, the FHLB has committed a 
$26.5 million cash management line, of which nothing has been disbursed, subject to posting additional collateral. The Bank, by 
policy, has access to approximately 5% of total deposits in brokered certificates of deposit that could be used as an additional source 
of liquidity. At December 31, 2014 and 2013 there was $6.0 million and $3.0 million, respectively, in outstanding balances in 
brokered certificates of deposit. The Company was also granted a total of $8.5 million in unsecured, discretionary Federal Funds lines 
of credit with no funds drawn upon as of December 31, 2014. Unpledged securities of $41.8 million are also available for borrowing 
under repurchase agreements or as additional collateral for FHLB lines of credit or to sell to generate liquidity.  

46 

The Company has other more limited sources of liquidity. In addition to its existing liquid assets, it can raise funds in the securities 
market through debt or equity offerings or it can receive dividends from the Bank. Generally, the Bank may pay dividends without 
prior approval as long as the dividend is not more than the total of the current calendar year-to-date earnings plus any earnings from 
the previous two years not already paid out in dividends, as long as the Bank remains well-capitalized after the dividend payment. The 
amount available for dividends in 2015 is $4.4 million plus 2015 profits retained up to the date of the dividend declaration. Future 
dividend payments by the Bank to the Company are based upon future earnings. The Company had cash of $3.6 million at December 
31, 2014 available to meet cash needs. It also held a $6.0 million note receivable, the cash flow from which approximates the debt 
service on the Junior Subordinated Debentures. Cash is generally used by the Company to pay quarterly interest payments on the 
debentures, to pay dividends to common shareholders and to fund operating expenses.  

In May 2012, the Bank closed its North Bloomfield branch in an effort to consolidate it with the Bristol branch approximately five 
miles away. Any loss of deposits or customers did not have a material effect on liquidity or consolidated deposit totals. In November 
2013, the Bank closed its Middlefield branch due to its nominal asset size. In addition, total deposits at the Middlefield branch were 
less than 1% of total Bank deposits. The Bristol and Mantua branches are less than twenty miles away. Any loss of deposits or 
customers has not had a material effect on liquidity or consolidated deposit totals.  

Cash and cash equivalents decreased from $12.4 million in 2013 to $10.6 million in 2014. The following table details the cash flows 
from operating activities for the years ended 2014, 2013 and 2012.  

Net income ...............................................................................................................   $
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flow (deficit) from operating 

activities: 

(Amounts in thousands)

December 31,
2013 

2014

2012

3,869     $ 

1,784     $

2,913 

Depreciation, amortization and accretion ..............................................................    
Provision for loan losses ........................................................................................    
Investment securities available-for-sale gains, net ................................................    
Net impairment losses recognized in earnings ......................................................    
Increase in trading account ....................................................................................    
Other real estate (gains) losses, net .......................................................................    
Originations of mortgage banking loans held for sale ...........................................    
Proceeds from the sale of mortgage banking loans ...............................................    
Mortgage banking gains, net .................................................................................    
Earnings on bank-owned life insurance .................................................................    

2,465  
1,638  
(588) 
—  
(614) 
(9) 
(18,443) 
18,907  
(440) 
(336) 

3,221 
650 
(535)
1,954 
(7,247)
25 
(249,714)
275,305 
(1,491)
(324)

Changes in: 

Deferred taxes .....................................................................................................    
Prepaid FDIC assessment ...................................................................................    
Federal income tax receivable ............................................................................    
Other assets and liabilities ..................................................................................    
Net cash flow (deficit) from operating activities ......................................................   $

451  
—  
982  
(676) 
7,206     $ 

96 
1,187 
667 
1,322 
26,900     $

3,060 
3,020 
(14)
171 
— 
35 
(244,112)
222,075 
(1,772)
(379)

973 
272 
(1,719)
566 
(14,911)

Key variations stem from: 1) Amortization on investments measured $2.5 million at December 31, 2014 compared to $1.7 million at 
December 31, 2013. 2) Provision for loan losses increased by $988,000 in 2014 from 2013.  $1.3 million of the provision in 2014 is 
related to one affiliated group. 3) Impairment losses of $2.0 million were recognized in 2013 with none in 2014.  The losses in 2013 
were due to regulatory changes mandated by the Volcker Rule. 4) A purchase of trading securities was made in 2013 for $7.0 million. 
5) Loans held for sale decreased by $24,000 in 2014 compared to a decrease of $24.1 million in 2013 due to the impact of interest 
rates on activity of mortgage banking and the exit from wholesale operations in September 2013. 6) In 2014, a $1.1 million refund and 
in 2013, a refund of $933,000 was received from the IRS with a resulting decrease in federal income tax receivable. 7) In 2013, 
included in the $1.2 million change in the FDIC assessment is a refund of $1.1 million. Refer to the Consolidated Statements of Cash 
Flows in item 8 for a summary of the sources and uses of cash for 2014, 2013 and 2012. 

47 

  
  
 
  
 
  
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
   
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND COMMITMENTS  
The Corporation has various obligations, including contractual obligations and commitments that may require future cash payments.  

Contractual Obligations: The following table presents significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations to third parties by 
payment date. Further discussion of the nature of each obligation is included in the referenced Item 8, Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements.  

Non-interest bearing deposits .....................  
Interest bearing deposits(a) ........................  
Average rate (b) .........................................  
Certificates of deposit (a) ...........................  
Average rate (b) .........................................  
Federal funds purchased and security 

repurchase agreements (a) .....................  
Average rate (b) .........................................  
FHLB advances (a) ....................................  
Average rate (b) .........................................  
Subordinated debt ......................................  
Average rate (b) .........................................  
Operating leases .........................................  

See Note

5 

5 

6 

6 

7 

8 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2014 
Payments Due in: 
Three to Five 
Years

Over Five 
Years 

One to Three 
Years

 $

 $

—  
—  

  $ 

—   
—   

 $

—  
—  

One Year or 
Less
94,731  
231,823  

$

0.13%  

77,598  

22,091  

0.47%  

1.05%  

7,093   
2.67 %    

23,425  

2.72%  

4,259  
0.07%  

—  

19,500  

21,000  

0.80%  
—  

3.62%  
—  

166  

160  

—   

—   

—   

33   

—  

—  

5,155  
1.69%  
—  

Total

94,731  
231,823  
0.13%
130,207  
1.09%

4,259  
0.07%
40,500  
2.26%
5,155  
1.69%
359  

(a)  Excludes present and future accrued interest.  
(b)  Variable-rate obligations reflect interest rates in effect at December 31, 2014.  

The Company’s operating lease obligations represent short- and long-term lease and rental payments for the Bank’s branch facilities.  

The Company also has obligations under its supplemental retirement plans as described in Item 8, Note 9 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements. The postretirement benefit payments represent actuarially-determined future benefit payments to eligible plan 
participants. The Corporation does not have any commitments or obligations to the defined contribution retirement plan (401(k) plan) 
at December 31, 2014 due to the funded status of the plan. Additional information regarding benefit plans can be found in Item 8, 
Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  

Off-balance sheet arrangements/commitments: The following table details the amounts and expected maturities of significant off-
balance sheet commitments. Additional information regarding commitments can be found in Item 8, Note 8 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements. 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2014 

One Year or 
Less

One to Three 
Years

Three to 
Five Years       

Over Five 
Years

Total

Commitments to extend credit: 

Commercial (including commercial real estate) ......................  $
Revolving home equity ............................................................   
Overdraft protection ................................................................   
Other ........................................................................................   
Residential real estate ..............................................................   
Standby letters of credit ...........................................................   

11,920    $
15,149     
9,632     
596     
3,666     
525     

—    $
—     
—     
—     
—     
83     

127     $  30,121    $
—     
—       
—     
—       
—     
—       
2,143     
—       
—     
—       

42,168 
15,149 
9,632 
596 
5,809 
608 

Commitments to extend credit, including loan commitments, standby letters of credit, and commercial letters of credit do not 
necessarily represent future cash requirements since these commitments often expire without being drawn upon.  

48 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
    
  
  
 
  
 
   
   
  
 
 
  
  
    
  
  
 
 
  
  
    
  
  
 
  
 
   
   
  
 
 
  
  
    
  
  
 
   
   
  
 
 
  
  
   
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
   
 
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
        
        
        
        
 
CAPITAL RESOURCES  

Regulatory standards for measuring capital adequacy require banks and bank holding companies to maintain capital based on “risk-
adjusted” assets so that categories of assets of potentially higher credit risk require more capital backing than assets with lower risk. In 
addition, banks and bank holding companies are required to maintain capital to support, on a risk-adjusted basis, certain off-balance 
sheet activities such as standby letters of credit and interest rate swaps.  

The risk-based standards classify capital into two tiers. Tier 1 capital consists of common shareholders’ equity, noncumulative and 
cumulative perpetual preferred stock, qualifying trust preferred securities and minority interests less intangibles, disallowed deferred 
tax assets and the unrealized market value adjustment of investment securities available-for-sale. Tier 2 capital consists of a limited 
amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses, perpetual preferred stock (not included in Tier 1), hybrid capital instruments, term 
subordinated debt, and intermediate-term preferred stock.  

The Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (FFIEC) determines the risk weightings of direct credit substitutions that have 
been downgraded below investment grade. Included in the definition of a direct credit substitute are mezzanine and subordinated 
tranches of trust preferred securities and non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations. Following these guidelines results in an 
increase in total risk-weighted assets with an attendant decrease in the risk-based capital and Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios.  

The Company met all capital adequacy requirements to which it was subject as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.  

In early September 2013, the regulatory bodies substantially revised the capital requirements for all banks, varying with the size of the 
institution. The new requirements are to be phased in over four years beginning in 2015. The Company does not expect a material 
change to its excess capital position currently enjoyed.  

Additional information regarding regulatory matters, including the 2014 and 2015 capital requirements, can be found in Item 8, Note 
13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and in the Supervision and Regulation portion of Item 1 - Business.   

INTEREST RATE RISK  

Interest rate risk is measured as the impact of interest rate changes on the Company’s net interest income. Components of interest rate 
risk comprise re-pricing risk, basis risk and yield curve risk. Re-pricing risk arises due to timing differences in the re-pricing of assets 
and liabilities as interest rate changes occur. Basis risk occurs when re-pricing assets and liabilities reference different key rates. Yield 
curve risk arises when a shift occurs in the relationship among key rates across the maturity spectrum.  

The effective management of interest rate risk seeks to limit the adverse impact of interest rate changes on the Company’s net interest 
margin, providing the Company with the best opportunity for maintaining consistent earnings growth. Toward this end, management 
uses computer simulation to model the Company’s financial performance under varying interest rate scenarios. These scenarios may 
reflect changes in the level of interest rates, changes in the shape of the yield curve, and changes in interest rate relationships.  

The simulation model allows management to test and evaluate alternative responses to a changing interest rate environment. Typically 
when confronted with a heightened risk of rising interest rates, the Company will evaluate strategies that shorten investment and loan 
re-pricing intervals and maturities, emphasize the acquisition of floating rate over fixed rate assets, and lengthen the maturities of 
liability funding sources. When the risk of falling rates is perceived, management will consider strategies that shorten the maturities of 
funding sources, lengthen the re-pricing intervals and maturities of investments and loans, and emphasize the acquisition of fixed rate 
assets over floating rate assets. The Company does not currently use financial derivatives, such as interest rate options, swaps, caps, 
floors or other similar instruments, although interest rate swaps are planned for use in 2015. 

Run-off rate assumptions for loans are based on the consensus speeds for the various loan types. Investment speeds are based on the 
characteristics of each individual investment. Re-pricing characteristics are based upon actual information obtained from the Bank’s 
information system data and other related programs. Actual results may differ from simulated results not only due to the timing, 
magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, but also due to changes in general economic conditions, changes in customer 
preferences and behavior, and changes in strategies by both existing and potential competitors.  

The following table shows the Company’s current estimate of interest rate sensitivity based on the composition of its balance sheet at 
December 31, 2014. For purposes of this analysis, short-term interest rates as measured by the federal funds rate and the prime lending 
rate are assumed to increase (decrease) gradually over the next twelve months reaching a level 300 basis points higher (and 100 basis 
points lower) than the rates in effect at December 31, 2014. Because rates on the short end of the curve are below 3%, it is not 
practical to review results to the degree of 300 basis points lower. Under both the rising rate scenario and the falling rate scenario, the 
yield curve is assumed to exhibit a parallel shift.  

49 

During 2014, the Federal Reserve kept its target rate for overnight federal funds constant. At December 31, 2014, the difference 
between the yield on the ten-year Treasury and the three-month Treasury had decreased to a positive 213 from the positive 297 basis 
points that existed at December 31, 2013, indicating that the yield curve had become less steeply upward sloping. At December 31, 
2014, rates peaked at the 30-year point on the Treasury yield curve. The yield curve remains positively sloping as interest rates 
continue to increase with a lengthening of maturities, with rates peaking at the long-end of the Treasury yield curve.  

The base case against which interest rate sensitivity is measured assumes no change in short-term rates. The base case also assumes no 
growth in assets and liabilities and no change in asset or liability mix. Under these simulated conditions, the base case projects net 
interest income of $18.8 million for the year ending December 31, 2015.  

(Amounts in thousands) 

December 31, 2015 

Net Interest Income 

$ Change 

% Change 

Change in interest rates: 

Graduated increase of +300 basis points ................................   $
Short-term rates unchanged (base case) ..................................    
Graduated decrease of -100 basis points .................................    

20,216     $
18,817         
18,179      

1,399       

(638 )   

7.4%

(3.4)%

The level of interest rate risk indicated is within limits that management considers acceptable. However, given that interest rate 
movements can be sudden and unanticipated and are increasingly influenced by global events and circumstances beyond the purview 
of the Federal Reserve, no assurances can be made that interest rate movements will not impact key assumptions and parameters in a 
manner not presently embodied by the model.  

It is management’s opinion that hedging instruments currently available are not a cost effective means of controlling interest rate risk 
for the Company. Accordingly, the Company does not currently use financial derivatives, such as interest rate options, swaps, caps, 
floors or other similar instruments, but does plan to use swaps in 2015. 

IMPACT OF INFLATION  

Consolidated financial information included herein has been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting 
Principles, which require the Company to measure financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars. Changes in 
the relative value of money due to inflation are generally not considered. Neither the price, timing nor magnitude of changes directly 
coincides with changes in interest rates.  

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk – Not applicable to the Company because it is a smaller 
reporting company.  
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  

Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report: 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting ...................................................................  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ...............................................................................................  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 .....................................................................................  
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 .........................................  
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 ...............  
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 ...................  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 ..................................  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.......................................................................................................................  

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

50 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
    
         
         
  
      
  
 
  
  
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as 
defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed 
to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external 
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

A material weakness is a significant deficiency (as defined in Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Auditing Standard No. 5), 
or a combination of significant deficiencies, that results in there being more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of 
the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by management or employees in the 
normal course of performing their assigned functions.  

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014. In 
making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission (COSO) 2013 Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of 
December 31, 2014, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.  

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding 
internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s independent registered 
public accounting firm pursuant to a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act which eliminates such requirements for “smaller reporting 
companies” as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission regulations.  

James M. Gasior 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

    David J. Lucido 
  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

Cortland, Ohio 
March 24, 2015 

  Cortland, Ohio 
    March 24, 2015 

51 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders  
Cortland Bancorp  
Cortland, Ohio  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cortland Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 
2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for 
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Cortland 
Bancorp’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of 
material misstatement. Cortland Bancorp is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over 
financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit 
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of Cortland 
Bancorp’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a 
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and 
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our 
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
Cortland Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each 
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.  

S.R. Snodgrass, P.C.  
Wexford, Pennsylvania 
March 24, 2015 

52 

  
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS  
(Amounts in thousands, except share data)  

December 31, 
2014 

December 31,

2013

ASSETS 
Cash and due from banks .................................................................................................................  $ 
Interest-earning deposits ..................................................................................................................    
Total cash and cash equivalents ..................................................................................................    
Investment securities available-for-sale (Note 2) .............................................................................    
Trading securities (Note 2) ...............................................................................................................    
Loans held for sale ...........................................................................................................................    
Total loans (Note 3) .........................................................................................................................    
Less allowance for loan losses (Note 3) ...........................................................................................    
Net loans .....................................................................................................................................    
Premises and equipment ...................................................................................................................    
Bank-owned life insurance ...............................................................................................................    
Other assets ......................................................................................................................................    
Total assets ........................................................................................................................... $ 

LIABILITIES 
Noninterest-bearing deposits ............................................................................................................  $ 
Interest-bearing deposits (Note 5) ....................................................................................................    
Total deposits ..............................................................................................................................    
Short-term borrowings .....................................................................................................................    
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - short term (Note 6) ...............................................................    
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - long term (Note 6) ................................................................    
Subordinated debt (Note 7) ..............................................................................................................    
Other liabilities .................................................................................................................................    

Total liabilities .....................................................................................................................

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Common stock - $5.00 stated value - authorized 20,000,000 shares; issued 4,728,267 shares in 

2014 and 2013; outstanding shares, 4,527,848 in 2014 and 2013 (Note 1) .................................    
Additional paid-in capital (Note 1) ..................................................................................................    
Retained earnings .............................................................................................................................    
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (Note 1) .............................................................    
Treasury stock, at cost, 200,419 shares in 2014 and 2013 ...............................................................    

Total shareholders’ equity ..................................................................................................
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity .......................................................................... $ 

6,588    $
3,981     
10,569     
162,247     
7,861     
632     
360,185     
(5,202)    
354,983     
7,697     
16,990     
7,953     
568,932    $

94,731    $
362,030     
456,761     
4,259     
15,500     
25,000     
5,155     
6,405     
513,080     

23,641     
20,833     
14,555     
376     
(3,553)    
55,852     
568,932    $

8,271 
4,125 
12,396 
160,886 
7,247 
656 
346,833 
(3,764)
343,069 
6,676 
15,049 
10,939 
556,918 

89,905 
358,764 
448,669 
3,804 
8,100 
34,500 
5,155 
7,155 
507,383 

23,641 
20,833 
11,502 
(2,888)
(3,553)
49,535 
556,918 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements  

53 

  
  
   
 
  
 
 
 
    
        
 
  
    
        
 
    
        
 
  
  
    
        
 
    
        
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME  
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)  

INTEREST INCOME 
Interest and fees on loans ...........................................................................................   $
Interest and dividends on investment securities: 

Taxable interest.....................................................................................................    
Nontaxable interest ...............................................................................................    
Dividends ..............................................................................................................    
Other interest income .................................................................................................    
Total interest income .......................................................................................    

INTEREST EXPENSE 
Deposits......................................................................................................................    
Other short-term borrowings ......................................................................................    
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - short term .......................................................    
Federal Home Loan Bank advances - long term ........................................................    
Subordinated debt ......................................................................................................    
Total interest expense ......................................................................................    
Net interest income ....................................................................................    

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES (Note 3) .........................................................
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES.........
NON-INTEREST INCOME 
Fees for customer services .........................................................................................    
Investment securities available-for-sale gains, net .....................................................    
Trading security gains, net .........................................................................................    
Impairment losses on investment securities: 

Total other-than-temporary impairment losses ...............................................    
Portion of gains recognized in other comprehensive income (before tax) ......    
Net impairment losses recognized in earnings ...........................................    
Mortgage banking gains, net ......................................................................................    
Other real estate gains (losses), net ............................................................................    
Earnings on bank-owned life insurance .....................................................................    
Wealth management income ......................................................................................    
Other non-interest income ..........................................................................................    
Total non-interest income ................................................................................    

NON-INTEREST EXPENSES 
Salaries and employee benefits ..................................................................................    
Net occupancy and equipment expense .....................................................................    
State and local taxes ...................................................................................................    
FDIC insurance expense ............................................................................................    
Professional fees ........................................................................................................    
Other operating expenses ...........................................................................................    
Total non-interest expenses .............................................................................    

INCOME BEFORE FEDERAL INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)..........
Federal income tax expense (benefit) (Note 10) ........................................................    
NET INCOME ......................................................................................................... $
EARNINGS PER SHARE (Note 1) ........................................................................ $
CASH DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER SHARE .................................................. $

For the years ended December 31,
2013 

2014

2012

16,120     $ 

15,993    $

16,260 

2,677       
1,721       
126       
21       
20,665       

1,694       
3       
156       
943       
88       
2,884       
17,781       
1,638       
16,143       

2,007       
588       
327       

—       
—       
—       
440       
9       
336       
313       
107       
4,127       

9,147       
1,912       
341       
309       
815       
2,975       
15,499       
4,771       
902       
3,869     $ 
0.85     $ 
0.18     $ 

2,498     
1,408     
131     
30     
20,060     

2,102     
3     
135     
1,074     
90     
3,404     
16,656     
650     
16,006     

1,935     
535     
185     

1,641     
(3,595)    
(1,954)    
1,491     
(25)    
324     
218     
36     
2,745     

9,844     
1,896     
555     
391     
806     
3,387     
16,879     
1,872     
88     
1,784    $
0.39    $
0.12    $

3,174 
1,411 
139 
31 
21,015 

2,698 
5 
79 
1,189 
100 
4,071 
16,944 
3,020 
13,924 

2,041 
14 
— 

(35)
(136)
(171)
1,772 
(35)
379 
— 
188 
4,188 

8,706 
1,794 
497 
297 
801 
3,262 
15,357 
2,755 
(158)
2,913 
0.64 
0.03 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements  

54 

  
  
 
  
     
   
 
    
        
        
 
    
        
        
 
    
        
        
 
 
 
    
        
        
 
    
        
        
 
    
        
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME  
(Amounts in thousands)  

Net income ................................................................................................................  $
Other comprehensive income (loss): 
Securities available for sale: 

Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities .................   
Tax effect .......................................................................................................   
Reclassification adjustment for other-than-temporary impairment losses on 

debt securities ............................................................................................   
Tax effect .......................................................................................................   
Reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income ...................   
Tax effect .......................................................................................................   
Total securities available for sale ..............................................................   
Change in post-retirement obligations .................................................................   
Total other comprehensive income (loss) .................................................   
Total comprehensive income ...............................................................  $

For the years ended December 31,
2013 

2012

2014

3,869    $ 

1,784  $

2,913 

5,465      
(1,858)     

—      
—      
(588)     
200      
3,219      
45      
3,264      
7,133    $ 

(3,166)    
1,076     

1,954     
(664)    
(535)    
182     
(1,153)    
(28)    
(1,181)    
603    $

1,292 
(439)

171 
(58)
(14)
4 
956 
— 
956 
3,869 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements  

55 

  
  
 
  
     
 
 
 
 
  
       
  
    
  
 
 
  
       
  
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY  
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)  

Common Stock  

Additional Paid-
in Capital

Retained 
Earnings

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss)       Treasury Stock  

Total 
Shareholders' 
Equity

Balance at December 31, 2011 .............   $ 
Net income ........................................     
Other comprehensive income, net 

23,641    $
—     

20,850    $
—     

7,485    $
2,913     

(2,663 )   $ 
—       

(3,594)   $
—     

45,719 
2,913 

of tax ............................................     

—     

—     

—     

956       

—     

956 

Cash dividend declared ($0.03 per 

share) ...........................................     
Balance at December 31, 2012 .............     
Net income ........................................     
Other comprehensive loss, 

net of tax ......................................     

Cash dividend declared ($0.12 per 

share) ...........................................     

Treasury shares reissued (2,333 

shares) ..........................................     
Balance at December 31, 2013 .............     
Net income ........................................     
Other comprehensive income, net 

—     
23,641     
—     

—     
20,850     
—     

(136)    
10,262     
1,784     

—       
(1,707 )     
—       

—     
(3,594)    
—     

(136)
49,452 
1,784 

—     

—     

—     

—     

—     

(1,181 )     

—     

(1,181)

(544)    

—       

—     

(544)

—     
23,641     
—     

(17)    
20,833     
—     

—     
11,502     
3,869     

—       
(2,888 )     
—       

41     
(3,553)    
—     

24 
49,535 
3,869 

of tax ............................................     

—     

—     

—     

3,264       

—     

3,264 

Cash dividend declared ($0.18 per 

share) ...........................................     
Balance at December 31, 2014 .............   $ 

—     
23,641    $

—     
20,833    $

(816)    
14,555    $

—       
376     $ 

—     
(3,553)   $

(816)
55,852 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements  

56 

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
        
        
        
        
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  
(Amounts in thousands)  

Net cash flow (deficit) from operating activities 
Net income .......................................................................................................   $
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flow (deficit) from operating 

activities: 
Depreciation, amortization and accretion ...................................................  
Provision for loan losses .............................................................................  
Investment securities available-for-sale gains, net .....................................
Net impairment losses recognized in earnings ............................................
Other real estate (gains) losses, net .............................................................
Originations of mortgage banking loans held for sale ................................  
Proceeds from the sale of mortgage banking loans.....................................  
Mortgage banking gains, net .......................................................................  
Increase in trading account .........................................................................  
Earnings on bank-owned life insurance ......................................................

Changes in: 

Interest receivable .......................................................................................  
Interest payable ...........................................................................................  
Deferred taxes .............................................................................................  
Prepaid FDIC assessment ...........................................................................  
Federal income tax receivable ....................................................................
Other assets and liabilities ..........................................................................
Net cash flow (deficit) from operating activities ...................................  

Cash deficit from investing activities 

Purchases of available-for-sale securities ...................................................  
Proceeds from sale of securities .................................................................
Proceeds from call, maturity and principal payments on securities............
Net increase in loans made to customers ....................................................  
Proceeds from sale of other real estate .......................................................  
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment ..........................................  
Purchases of bank-owned life insurance .....................................................  
Purchases of premises and equipment ........................................................  
Net cash deficit from investing activities ..............................................

Cash flow (deficit) from financing activities 

Net increase (decrease) in deposit accounts ................................................  
Net change in short-term borrowings .........................................................  
Net change in Federal Home Loan Bank advances - short term .................  
Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank advances - long term .....................
Repayments of  Federal Home Loan Bank advances - long term...............
Dividends paid ............................................................................................  
Proceeds from sale of treasury shares .........................................................  
Net cash flow (deficit) from financing activities ...................................  
Net change in cash and cash equivalents ......................................................
Cash and cash equivalents 
Beginning of period .........................................................................................  
End of period ....................................................................................................   $
Supplemental disclosures: 
Cash paid during the period for: 

Income taxes ...............................................................................................   $
Interest ........................................................................................................ $
Transfer of loans to other real estate owned ............................................... $

For the years ended December 31,
2013 

2012

2014

3,869   $ 

1,784     $

2,913 

2,465    
1,638    
(588)
—
(9)

(18,443)    
18,907    
(440)    
(614)    
(336)

(48)    
(42)    
451    
—    
982
(586)
7,206    

(52,515)
32,733
22,137
(13,649)
99
—  

(1,605)
(1,864)
(14,664)

8,092
455
7,400
3,000
(12,500)
(816)

—  

5,631
(1,827)

3,221      
650      
(535 )
1,954  
25  

(249,714 )    
275,305      
(1,491 )    
(7,247 )  
(324 )

90      
(69 )    
96      
1,187      
667  
1,301  
26,900      

(50,377 )
29,338  
39,126  
(30,496 )
321  
14  
(714 )
(894 )
(13,682 )

(28,232 )
(247 )
3,100  
—  
(2,500 )
(544 )
24  
(28,399 )
(15,181 )

12,396
10,569

$ 

27,577  
12,396   $

320   $ 
$ 
$ 

2,926
97

—     $
3,473   $
234   $

3,060 
3,020 
(14)
171
35
(244,112)
222,075 
(1,772)
—
(379)

154 
(81)
973 
272 
(1,719)
493
(14,911)

(71,540)
24,796
46,884
(30,509)
327 
—
(694)
(730)
(31,466)

54,136 
(722)
6,000 
—
(1,500)
(136)
— 
57,778 
11,401

16,176 
27,577 

400 
4,152
70

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

57 

  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
  
 
   
  
 
 
     
         
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
      
        
 
 
      
        
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

The accounting and financial reporting policies of Cortland Bancorp (the Company), and its bank subsidiary, The Cortland Savings 
and Banking Company (the Bank), reflect banking industry practices and conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. A 
summary of the significant accounting policies followed by the Company in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated 
financial statements is set forth below.  

Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned 
subsidiaries, the Bank, CSB Mortgage Company, Inc. and New Resources Leasing Co. All significant intercompany balances and 
transactions have been eliminated.  

Industry Segment Information: The Company and its subsidiaries operate in the domestic banking industry which accounts for 
substantially all of the Company’s assets, revenues and operating income. The Company, through the Bank, grants residential, 
consumer, and commercial loans and offers a variety of saving plans to customers located primarily in the Northeastern Ohio and 
Western Pennsylvania area. Based on the analysis performed by the Company, management has determined that the Company only 
has one operating segment, which is commercial banking. The chief operating decision-makers use consolidated results to make 
operating and strategic decisions, and therefore are not required to disclose any additional segment information.  

Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires 
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent 
assets and liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Balance Sheet and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the 
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.  

Cash Flow: Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and amounts due from banks, both interest and non-interest bearing, but 
excludes the liquid portion of the securities trading account. The Company reports net cash flows for customer loan transactions, 
deposit transactions and deposits made with other financial institutions.  

Investment Securities: Investments in debt and equity securities are classified as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale or trading. 
Securities classified as held-to-maturity are those that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity. Securities 
classified as available-for-sale are those that could be sold for liquidity, investment management, or similar reasons, even though 
management has no present intentions to do so. Securities classified as trading are those that management has bought principally for 
the purpose of selling in the near term. The Company currently has no securities classified as held-to-maturity.  

Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses recorded as a separate component of 
shareholders’ equity, net of tax. Realized gains or losses on dispositions are based on net proceeds and the adjusted carrying amount of 
securities sold, using the specific identification method. Interest income includes amortization of purchase premium or discount and is 
amortized on the level-yield method without anticipating payments, except for U.S. Government mortgage-backed and related 
securities where twelve months of historical prepayments are taken into consideration. Trading securities are carried at fair value with 
valuation adjustments included in non-interest income.  

Other-than-Temporary Investment Security Impairment: Securities are evaluated periodically to determine whether a decline in value 
is other-than-temporary. Management utilizes criteria such as the magnitude and duration of the decline, along with the reasons 
underlying the decline, to determine whether the loss in value is other-than-temporary. The term “other-than-temporary” is not 
intended to indicate that the decline in value is permanent, but indicates that the prospect for a near-term recovery of value is not 
necessarily favorable and that there is a lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the 
investment. Unrealized losses on available-for-sale investments have not been recognized into income. However, once a decline in 
value is determined to be other-than-temporary, the credit related other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) is recognized in earnings 
while the non-credit related OTTI on securities not expected to be sold is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). 
Unrealized losses on trading securities are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  

58 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Loans: Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding net of the unamortized balance of deferred loan origination fees and costs. 
Deferred loan origination fees and costs are amortized as an adjustment to the related loan yield over the contractual life using the 
level-yield method. Interest income on loans is accrued over the term of the loans based on the amount of principal outstanding. The 
accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when management determines that the collection of interest is doubtful. Generally, a loan 
is placed on non-accrual status once the borrower is 90 days past due on payments, or whenever sufficient information is received to 
question the collectability of the loan or any time legal proceedings are initiated involving a loan. Interest income accrued up to the 
date a loan is placed on non-accrual is reversed through interest income. Cash payments received while a loan is classified as non-
accrual are recorded as a reduction to principal or reported as interest income according to management’s judgment as to the 
collectability of principal. A loan is returned to accrual status when either all of the principal and interest amounts contractually due 
are brought current and future payments are, in management’s judgment, collectable, or when it otherwise becomes well secured and 
in the process of collection. When a loan is charged-off, any interest accrued but not collected on the loan is charged against earnings. 
The same treatment is applied to impaired loans, which means that it is probable that all amounts will not be collected according to the 
contractual terms of the loan agreement. 

Loans Held for Sale: The Company originates certain residential mortgage loans for sale in the secondary mortgage loan market. The 
Company concurrently sells the rights to service the related loans. These loans are classified as loans held for sale, and carried at the 
estimated fair value based on secondary market prices. Adjustments to the fair value of loans held for sale are included in “mortgage 
banking gains” in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Deferred fees and costs related to loans held for sale are not amortized, but 
included in the cost basis at the time of sale.  

Allowance for Loan Losses (ALLL) and Allowance for Losses on Lending Related Commitments: Management establishes the 
allowance for loan losses based upon its evaluation of the pertinent factors underlying the types and quality of loans in the portfolio. 
Commercial loans and commercial real estate loans are reviewed on a regular basis with a focus on larger loans, along with loans 
which have experienced past payment or financial deficiencies. Larger commercial loans and commercial real estate loans are 
evaluated for impairment in accordance with the Bank’s loan review policy. These loans are analyzed to determine if they are 
impaired. All loans that are delinquent 90 days and are placed on non-accrual status are evaluated on an individual basis. Allowances 
for loan losses on impaired loans are determined using the estimated future cash flows of the loan, discounted to their present value 
using the loan’s effective interest rate, or in most cases, the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral. If the analysis indicates a 
collection shortfall, a specific reserve is allocated to loans on an individual basis which are reviewed for impairment. The remaining 
loans are evaluated and classified as groups of loans with similar risk characteristics.  

Estimating the risk of loss and the amount of loss on any loan is necessarily subjective. Accordingly, the allowance is maintained by 
management at a level considered adequate to cover possible losses that are currently anticipated. Estimates of credit losses should 
reflect consideration of all significant factors that affect collectability of the portfolio. While historical loss experience provides a 
reasonable starting point, historical losses, or even recent trends in losses are not, by themselves, a sufficient basis to determine the 
appropriate level for the ALLL. Management will also consider any factors that are likely to cause estimated credit losses associated 
with the Bank’s current portfolio to differ from historical loss experience. Factors include, but are not limited to, changes in lending 
policies and procedures, including underwriting standards and collection, charge-offs, and recovery practices; changes in economic 
trends; changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio; changes in the experience and ability of lending management and the depth 
of staff; changes in the trend, volume and severity of past-due and classified loans, and trends in the volume of non-accrual loans; the 
existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and changes in the level of such concentrations; levels and trends in classification; 
declining trends in performance; structure and lack of performance measures and migration between risk classifications.  

Key risk factors and assumptions are updated to reflect actual experience and changing circumstances. While management may 
periodically allocate portions of the ALLL for specific problem loans, the entire ALLL is available for any charge-offs that occur.  

Certain collateral dependent loans are evaluated individually for impairment, based on management’s best estimate of discounted cash 
repayments and the anticipated proceeds from liquidating collateral. The actual timing and amount of repayments and the ultimate 
realizable value of the collateral may differ from management’s estimates.  

The expected loss for certain other commercial credits utilizes internal risk ratings. These loss estimates are sensitive to changes in the 
customer’s risk profile, the realizable value of collateral, other risk factors and the related loss experience of other credits of similar 
risk. Consumer credits generally employ statistical loss factors, adjusted for other risk indicators, applied to pools of similar loans 
stratified by asset type. These loss estimates are sensitive to changes in delinquency status and shifts in the aggregate risk profile.  

59 

 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The Company maintains an allowance for losses on unfunded commercial lending commitments to provide for the risk of loss inherent 
in these arrangements. The allowance is computed using a methodology similar to that used to determine the allowance for loan 
losses. This allowance is reported as a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheets within other liabilities, while the corresponding 
provision for these losses is recorded as a component of other operating expense.  

Loan Charge-off Policies: Consumer loans are generally fully or partially charged down to the fair value of collateral securing the 
asset prior to the loan becoming 180 days past due, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. All other loans are 
generally charged down to the net realizable value when the loan is 90 days past due.  

Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDR): A loan is classified as a TDR when management grants a concession for other than an 
insignificant period of time to the borrower that would not otherwise be considered, except in situations of economic difficulties. 
Management strives to identify borrowers in financial difficulty early and work with them to modify to more affordable terms before 
their loan reaches non-accrual status. These modified terms may include rate reductions, principal forgiveness, payment forbearance 
and other actions intended to minimize the economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of the collateral. In cases where 
borrowers are granted new terms that provide for a reduction of either interest or principal, management measures any impairment on 
the restructuring as noted above for impaired loans. In addition to the allowance for the pooled portfolios, management has developed 
a separate allowance for loans that are identified as impaired through a TDR. These loans are excluded from pooled loss forecasts and 
a separate reserve is provided under the accounting guidance for loan impairment.  

Premises and Equipment: Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. 
Depreciation is computed generally on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives (5 to 40 years) of the various assets. 
Maintenance and repairs are expensed and major improvements are capitalized.  

Other Real Estate: Real estate acquired through foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure is included in other assets on the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. Such real estate is carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Any reduction 
from the carrying value of the related loan to fair value at the time of acquisition is accounted for as a loan loss. Any subsequent 
reduction in fair market value is reflected as a valuation allowance through a charge to income. Costs of significant property 
improvements are capitalized, whereas costs relating to holding and maintaining the property are charged to expense.  

Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance: Bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) represents life insurance on the lives of certain Company 
employees, officers and directors who have provided positive consent allowing the Company to be the co-beneficiary of such policies. 
Since the Company is the owner of the insurance policies, increases in the cash value of the policies, as well as its share of insurance 
proceeds received, are recorded in noninterest income, and are not subject to income taxes. The cash surrender value of the policies is 
included on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company reviews the financial strength of the insurance carriers prior to the 
purchase of BOLI and quarterly thereafter. The amount of BOLI with any individual carrier is limited to 15% of Tier I Capital. The 
Company has purchased BOLI to provide a long-term asset to offset long-term benefit liabilities, while generating competitive 
investment yields.  

Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangement: The Company maintains a liability for the death benefit promised under split-
dollar life insurance arrangements.  

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities: To mitigate interest rate risk associated with commitments made to borrowers for 
mortgage loans that have not yet closed and that are intended for sale in the secondary markets, the Company may enter into 
commitments to sell loans or mortgage-backed securities, considered to be derivatives, to limit exposure to potential movements in 
market interest rates. The Company also enters into contracts for the future delivery of residential mortgage loans when interest rate 
locks are entered into in order to economically hedge potential adverse effects of changes in interest rates. These contracts are also 
derivative instruments. All derivative instruments are recognized as either other assets or other liabilities at fair value in the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. Gains or losses are recorded as part of mortgage banking gains on the Consolidated Statements of 
Income.  

Advertising: The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense was $277,000 in 2014, $240,000 in 2013 and 
$191,000 in 2012. 

Income Taxes: A deferred tax liability or asset is determined at each balance sheet date. It is measured by applying currently enacted 
tax laws to future amounts that result from differences in the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities.  

60 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss): Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the Company is comprised of unrealized 
holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of tax, and post-retirement obligations. 

Per Share Amounts: Basic earnings per common share are based on weighted average shares outstanding.  

The following table sets forth the computation of basic earnings per common share:  

Net income (amounts in thousands) .........................................   $
Weighted average common shares outstanding .......................    
Earnings per share ....................................................................   $

3,869     $

4,527,848    

0.85     $

1,784      $ 

4,527,350     

0.39      $ 

2014

Years ended December 31, 
2013 

2012

2,913 
4,525,524 
0.64 

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments: Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to 
make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the 
exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are 
funded.  

Reclassifications: Certain items in the financial statements for 2013 and 2012 have been reclassified to conform to the 2014 
presentation. Such restrictions did not affect net income or shareholders’ equity. 

Authoritative Accounting Guidance:  

In January 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-01, Investments – Equity Method and Join Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for 
Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects.  The amendments in this update permit reporting entities to make an accounting 
policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if 
certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in 
proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as 
a component of income tax expense (benefit).  The amendments in this update should be applied retrospectively to all periods 
presented. A reporting entity that uses the effective yield method to account for its investments in qualified affordable housing projects 
before the date of adoption may continue to apply the effective yield method for those preexisting investments. The amendments in 
this update are effective for public business entities for annual periods and interim reporting periods within those annual periods, 
beginning after December 15, 2014.  Early adoption is permitted. This ASU is not expected to have a significant impact on the 
Company’s financial statements. 

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-04, Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): 
Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure. The amendments in this 
update clarify that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical 
possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title 
to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real 
estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal 
agreement. Additionally, the amendments require interim and annual disclosure of both (1) the amount of foreclosed residential real 
estate property held by the creditor and (2) the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real 
estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. The amendments in 
this update are effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning 
after December 15, 2014. An entity can elect to adopt the amendments in this update using either a modified retrospective transition 
method or a prospective transition method. This ASU is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial 
statements. 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (a new revenue recognition standard). The 
Update’s core principle is that a company will recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount 
that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In addition, this update 
specifies the accounting for certain costs to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer and expands disclosure requirements for 
revenue recognition. This Update is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim 
periods within that reporting period. The Company is evaluating the effect of adopting this new accounting Update. 

61 

 
  
  
 
  
    
  
  
 
 
  
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-11, Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860): Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, 
Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures.  The amendments in this Update change the accounting for repurchase-to-maturity 
transactions to secured borrowing accounting.  For repurchase financing arrangements, the amendments require separate accounting 
for a transfer of a financial asset executed contemporaneously with a repurchase agreement with the same counterparty, which will 
result in secured borrowing accounting for the repurchase agreement.  The amendments also require enhanced disclosures.  The 
accounting changes in this Update are effective for the first interim or annual period beginning after December 15, 2014.  An entity is 
required to present changes in accounting for transactions outstanding on the effective date as a cumulative-effect adjustment to 
retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. Earlier application is prohibited.  The disclosure for certain 
transactions accounted for as a sale is required to be presented for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and 
the disclosure for repurchase agreements, securities lending transactions, and repurchase-to-maturity transactions accounted for as 
secured borrowings is required to be presented for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and for interim periods 
beginning after March 15, 2015. The disclosures are not required to be presented for comparative periods before the effective date.  
This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-12, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Accounting for Share-Based 
Payments when the Terms of an Award Provide that a Performance Target Could Be Achieved After the Requisite Service Period.  
The amendments require that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be 
treated as a performance condition. The amendments in this Update are effective for annual periods and interim periods within those 
annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Earlier adoption is permitted. Entities may apply the amendments in this Update 
either (a) prospectively to all awards granted or modified after the effective date or (b) retrospectively to all awards with performance 
targets that are outstanding as of the beginning of the earliest annual period presented in the financial statements and to all new or 
modified awards thereafter. If retrospective transition is adopted, the cumulative effect of applying this Update as of the beginning of 
the earliest annual period presented in the financial statements should be recognized as an adjustment to the opening retained earnings 
balance at that date. Additionally, if retrospective transition is adopted, an entity may use hindsight in measuring and recognizing the 
compensation cost.  This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.  

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-14, Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40).  The 
amendments in this Update require that a mortgage loan be derecognized and that a separate other receivable be recognized upon 
foreclosure if the following conditions are met:  (1) the loan has a government guarantee that is not separable from the loan before 
foreclosure, (2) at the time of foreclosure, the creditor has the intent to convey the real estate property to the guarantor and make a 
claim on the guarantee, and the creditor has the ability to recover under that claim, and (3) at the time of foreclosure, any amount of 
the claim that is determined on the basis of the fair value of the real estate is fixed.  Upon foreclosure, the separate other receivable 
should be measured based on the amount of the loan balance (principal and interest) expected to be recovered from the guarantor.  The 
amendments in this Update are effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual 
periods, beginning after December 15, 2014.  This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial 
statements.  

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements -Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40).  The 
amendments in this Update provide guidance in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America about 
management's responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern and 
to provide related footnote disclosures.  The amendments in this Update are effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 
2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted.  This Update is not expected to have a 
significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.  

In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-16, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Determining Whether the Host Contract in 
a Hybrid Financial Instrument Issued in the Form of a Share Is More Akin to Debt or to Equity (a consensus of the FASB Emerging 
Issues Task Force).  This ASU clarifies how current U.S. GAAP should be interpreted in subjectively evaluating the economic 
characteristics and risks of a host contract in a hybrid financial instrument that is issued in the form of a share. Public business entities 
are required to implement the new requirements in fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 
15, 2015. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-17, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Pushdown Accounting. The amendments in 
this Update apply to the separate financial statements of an acquired entity and its subsidiaries that are a business or nonprofit activity 
(either public or nonpublic) upon the occurrence of an event in which an acquirer (an individual or an entity) obtains control of the 
acquired entity.  An acquired entity may elect the option to apply pushdown accounting in the reporting period in which the change-in-
control event occurs. If pushdown accounting is not applied in the reporting period in which the change-in-control event occurs, an 
acquired entity will have the option to elect to apply pushdown accounting in a subsequent reporting period to the acquired entity's 
most recent change-in-control event. The amendments in this Update are effective on November 18, 2014. After the effective date, an 
acquired entity can make an election to apply the guidance to future change-in-control events or to its most recent change-in-control 
event. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.  

62 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-01, Income Statement –Extraordinary and Unusual Items, as part of its initiative to 
reduce complexity in accounting standards.  This Update eliminates from GAAP the concept of extraordinary items.  The amendments 
in this Update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. A 
reporting entity may apply the amendments prospectively. A reporting entity also may apply the amendments retrospectively to all 
prior periods presented in the financial statements. Early adoption is permitted provided that the guidance is applied from the 
beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial 
statements.  

NOTE 2 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES  
The following is a summary of investment securities available-for-sale:  

December 31, 2014 
U.S. Treasury securities ......................................................................   $
U.S. Government agencies and corporations ......................................    
Obligations of states and political subdivisions ..................................    
U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities ...................    
U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage obligations ......    
Trust preferred securities.....................................................................    
Total debt securities .......................................................................    
Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock ............................................    
Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) stock .....................................................    
Total regulatory stock ....................................................................    
Total investment securities available-for-sale ..........................   $

(Amounts in thousands) 
Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Gross
Unrealized 
Gains

Amortized Cost  

100    $
8,640     
48,547     
85,675     
14,030     
1,662     
158,654     
2,823     
226     
3,049     
161,703    $

1     $ 
88       
1,667       
353       
26       
—       
2,135       
—       
—       
—       
2,135     $ 

—    $
80     
123     
441     
64     
883     
1,591     
—     
—     
—     
1,591    $

December 31, 2013 
U.S. Treasury securities ......................................................................   $
U.S. Government agencies and corporations ......................................    
Obligations of states and political subdivisions ..................................    
U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities ...................    
U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage obligations ......    
Trust preferred securities.....................................................................    
Total debt securities .......................................................................    
Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock ............................................    
Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) stock .....................................................    
Total regulatory stock ....................................................................    
Total investment securities available-for-sale ..........................   $

(Amounts in thousands) 
Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Gross
Unrealized 
Gains

Amortized Cost  

107    $
9,259     
44,575     
79,255     
17,120     
11,854     
162,170     
2,823     
226     
3,049     
165,219    $

5     $ 
—       
467       
644       
105       
—       
1,221       
—       
—       
—       
1,221     $ 

—    $
312     
1,507     
1,877     
140     
1,718     
5,554     
—     
—     
—     
5,554    $

Fair Value

101 
8,648 
50,091 
85,587 
13,992 
779 
159,198 
2,823 
226 
3,049 
162,247 

Fair Value

112 
8,947 
43,535 
78,022 
17,085 
10,136 
157,837 
2,823 
226 
3,049 
160,886 

The regulatory stock is carried at cost and the Company is required to hold such investments as a condition of membership in order to 
transact business with the FHLB of Cincinnati and the FRB. The stock is bought from and sold based upon its par value. The stock 
does not have a readily determinable fair value and as such is classified as restricted stock, carried at cost and evaluated by 
management. The stock’s value is determined by the ultimate recoverability of the par value rather than by recognizing temporary 
declines. The determination of whether the par value will ultimately be recovered is influenced by criteria such as the following: 
(a) the significance of the decline in net assets of the FHLB and FRB as compared to the capital stock amount and the length of time 
this situation has persisted, (b) commitments by the FHLB and FRB to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of 
such payments in relation to the operating performance, (c) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on the customer base of 
the FHLB and FRB and (d) the liquidity position of the FHLB and FRB. The Company does not consider these investments to be 
other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2014. 

63 

 
 
  
  
 
 
     
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
     
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

At December 31, 2014, trading securities of $7.9 million are an investment in obligations of states and political subdivisions and 
include cash equivalent investments for trading liquidity. There were $7.2  million held at December 31, 2013. Unrealized gains and 
losses on trading securities at December 31, 2014 were $39,000 and $4,000, respectively, compared to $52,000 and $3,000, 
respectively, at December 31, 2013. Total net unrealized gains of $34,000 and realized gains of $293,000 for the year ended 
December 31, 2014 and net unrealized gains of $49,000 and realized gains of $137,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 are 
included in the Consolidated Statement of Income.  

The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2014, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Actual 
maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call 
or prepayment penalties. 

Due in one year or less .................................................................   $
Due after one year through five years ..........................................    
Due after five years through ten years ..........................................    
Due after ten years ........................................................................    
Total ........................................................................................    

U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed and related 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Amortized Cost

Fair Value 

474    $ 
375      
18,230      
39,870      
58,949      

479 
378 
18,629 
40,133 
59,619 

securities ..................................................................................    
Total debt securities ................................................................   $

99,705      
158,654    $ 

99,579 
159,198 

The following table sets forth the proceeds, gains and losses realized on securities sold or called for each of the years ended 
December 31:  

Proceeds on securities sold .................................................  $
Gross realized gains ............................................................   
Gross realized losses ...........................................................   

Proceeds on securities called...............................................  $
Gross realized gains ............................................................   
Gross realized losses ...........................................................   

2014

(Amounts in thousands) 
2013 

2012

32,733    $
1,170     
582     

4,441    $
—     
—     

29,338     $ 
658       
123       

7,153     $ 
—       
—       

24,796 
1,198 
1,188 

2,537 
8 
4 

Investment securities with a carrying value of approximately $116.6 million at December 31, 2014 and $108.5 million at 
December 31, 2013 were pledged to secure deposits and for other purposes. The remaining securities provide an adequate level of 
liquidity.  

64 

 
  
  
 
  
     
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
     
 
  
    
        
        
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following is a summary of the fair value of securities with unrealized losses and an aging of those unrealized losses at 
December 31, 2014:  

U.S. Government agencies and corporations ...........   $
Obligations of states and political subdivisions .......    
U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed 

Less than 12 Months

(Amounts in thousands) 
12 Months or More 

Total

Fair Value

Unrealized 
Losses

  Fair Value

Unrealized 
Losses 

      Fair Value

Unrealized 
Losses

335  $
2,456     

2  $
18     

1,910  $
4,159     

78     $ 
105       

2,245    $
6,615     

80
123

securities ..............................................................    

14,460     

33     

31,550     

408       

46,010     

441

U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized 

mortgage obligations ...........................................    
Trust preferred securities..........................................    
Total ....................................................................   $

2,273     
—     
19,524    $

30     
—     
83    $

3,145     
779     
41,543    $

34       
883       
1,508     $ 

5,418     
779     

64
883
61,067    $ 1,591

 The above table represents 37 investment securities where the fair value is less than the related amortized cost.  

The following is a summary of the fair value of securities with unrealized losses and an aging of those unrealized losses at 
December 31, 2013:   

U.S. Government agencies and corporations ..........   $
Obligations of states and political subdivisions ......    
U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Less than 12 Months 

12 Months or More 

Total 

Fair Value 

Unrealized 
Losses 

  Fair Value 

Unrealized 
Losses 

      Fair Value 

Unrealized 
Losses 

7,144  $
19,785 

129  $

1,142 

1,803  $
1,883 

183     $ 
365       

8,947    $
21,668     

312
1,507

securities .............................................................    

34,424     

1,044     

29,922     

833       

64,346     

1,877

U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized 

mortgage obligations ..........................................    
Trust preferred securities.........................................    
Total ...................................................................   $

6,575     
—     
67,928    $

126     
—     
2,441    $

2,095     
1,633     
37,336    $

140
14       
1,718       
1,718
3,113     $  105,264    $ 5,554

8,670     
1,633     

The above table represents 83 investment securities where the current value is less than the related amortized cost.  

The trust preferred securities with an unrealized loss represent pools of trust preferred debt issued primarily by bank holding 
companies. The unrealized losses on the Company’s investment in U.S. Government-sponsored-mortgage-backed securities, U.S. 
Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage obligations, obligations of states and political subdivisions and U.S. Government 
agencies and corporations were caused by changes in market rates and related spreads. It is expected that the securities would not be 
settled at less than the amortized cost of the Company’s investment because the decline in fair value is attributable to changes in 
interest rates and relative spreads and not credit quality. Also, except for the securities described below, the Company does not intend 
to sell those investments and it is not more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery 
of its amortized cost basis less any current period credit loss. The Company does not consider these investments to be other-than-
temporarily impaired at December 31, 2014. 

Securities Deemed to be Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired  

The Company reviews investment debt securities on an ongoing basis for the presence of other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) 
with formal reviews performed quarterly.  

For debt securities in an unrealized loss position, management assesses whether (a) it has the intent to sell the debt security or (b) it is 
more-likely-than-not that it will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. If either of these conditions is met, 
an OTTI on the security must be recognized.  

65 

 
  
  
  
   
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
   
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

In instances in which a determination is made that a credit loss (defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows 
expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis) exists but the entity does not intend to sell the debt security and it is not more-
likely-than-not that the entity will be required to sell the debt security before the anticipated recovery of its remaining amortized cost 
basis (i.e., the amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss), the Company presents the amount of the OTTI recognized in 
the Consolidated Statement of Income.  

In these instances, the impairment is separated into (a) the amount of the total impairment related to the credit loss, and (b) the amount 
of the total impairment related to all other factors. The amount of the total OTTI related to the credit loss is recognized in earnings. 
The amount of the total impairment related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income. The total other-than-
temporary impairment is presented in the Consolidated Statement of Income with an offset for the amount of the total other-than-
temporary impairment that is recognized in other comprehensive income.  

As more fully disclosed in Note 11, the Company assessed the impairment of certain securities currently in an illiquid market. The 
Company records impairment credit losses in earnings (before tax) and non-credit impairment losses in other comprehensive income 
(loss) (before tax). Through the impairment assessment process, the Company determined that the investments discussed in the 
following table were other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013 and 2012, with no impairment loss recognized in 2014. 

The Company recorded impairment credit losses in earnings (before tax) and non-credit impairment losses in other comprehensive 
income (loss) (before tax) as indicated in the following table:  

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31, 
2013 

2014

2012

Trust preferred securities: 

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings (before tax) ............................   $
Impairment losses recognized in other comprehensive income 

—    $ 

1,954    $

(before tax) ................................................................................................   $

—    $ 

3,595    $

171

136

The following provides a cumulative roll forward of credit losses recognized in earnings for trust preferred securities held for the years 
ended:  

Beginning balance ................................................................................................   $
Reduction for debt securities for which other-than-temporary  impairment has 
been previously recognized and there is no related other comprehensive 
income .............................................................................................................    

Credit losses on debt securities for which other-than-temporary impairment has 

not been previously recognized .......................................................................    

Additional credit losses on debt securities for which other-than-temporary 

impairment was previously recognized ...........................................................    
Sale of debt securities ..........................................................................................    
Ending balance .....................................................................................................   $

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31, 
2013 

2014

2012

2,305    $ 

351    $

10,674 

—      

—      

—      
(2,165)     
140    $ 

—     

1,954     

—     
—     
2,305    $

— 

— 

171 
(10,494)
351 

In January 2014, the Company determined that its portfolio of insurance trust preferred collateralized debt obligations, commonly 
known as iTruPS securities, were considered disallowed investments under the final rule implementing Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank 
Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, commonly referred to as the Volcker Rule, which was originally released jointly by 
five regulatory agencies on December 10, 2013, and further clarified with the release of the Interim Final Rule on January 14, 2014. 
The final rule requires banking entities to divest disallowed securities by July 21, 2015, unless, upon application, the Federal Reserve 
grants extensions to July 21, 2017.   

With the release of the Interim Final Rule on January 14, 2014, the joint agencies granted relief by permitting financial institutions to 
retain their interests in certain collateralized debt obligations, but limited that provision to those collateralized by issuances prior to 
May 2010 from bank or thrift holding companies with less than $15 billion in consolidated assets. The Interim Final Rule did not 
contain a provision for issuances by insurance companies, which comprise the various iTruPS securities owned by the Company. 

66 

 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The disallowed iTruPS consisted of nine positions with an amortized cost of $10.5 million.  Because the Company could no longer 
hold the securities until their anticipated recovery, an OTTI was recognized for the entire amount of unrealized loss as of December 31, 
2013.  The fair value of the iTruPS, as determined by the discounted cash flow model used by the Company, aggregated to $8.5 
million.  The resulting OTTI charge of approximately $2.0 million was included in the above table in 2013. 

In February 2014, the Company completed the sale of all nine of the disallowed investments along with one other permissible holding. 
Proceeds of $10.2 million were received on an amortized cost of $10.0 million resulting in a pre-tax gain of approximately $200,000. 

During the third quarter of 2012, the Company explored the possible sale of the trust preferred securities collateralized by banks 
through various brokerage firms. With the lack of an active market for these securities, the brokers sought bids individually for the 
securities from potential buyers in their client base. Through this process, the Company sold 19 of the 22 bank collateralized positions 
realizing a nominal net loss of $164,000. All of these securities exhibited evidence of significant deterioration in issuers’ 
creditworthiness. The three remaining bank collateralized positions, as well as the 9 positions collateralized by insurance companies, 
had historically not exhibited material other-than-temporary impairment, thus were excluded from sale considerations. Also during the 
third quarter of 2012, the Company disposed of the two remaining private-label mortgage-backed securities, thereby eliminating all 
future risk and uncertainty relating to this investment category. A net loss of $288,000 was realized on the sale of these securities.  

At December 31, 2014, there was $779,000 of investment securities considered to be in non-accrual status. This balance is comprised 
of two trust preferred securities. As a result of the delay in the collection of interest payments, management placed these securities in 
non-accrual status. Current estimates indicate that the interest payment delays may exceed ten years.  

NOTE 3 - LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  

The Company, through the Bank, grants residential, consumer and commercial loans to customers located primarily in Northeastern 
Ohio and Western Pennsylvania.  

The following represents the composition of the loan portfolio for the period ending:  

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 

2014

2013 

Balance

%

Balance 

%

Commercial ...............................................................  $
Commercial real estate ..............................................   
Residential real estate ................................................   
Consumer - home equity ...........................................   
Consumer - other .......................................................   
Total loans .................................................................  $

72,330     
223,536     
38,875     
21,328     
4,116     
360,185     

20.1    $
62.1     
10.8     
5.9     
1.1     
    $

73,643       
206,744       
42,288       
19,510       
4,648       
346,833       

21.2 
59.6 
12.2 
5.6 
1.4 

Management has an established methodology to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses that assesses the risks and 
losses inherent in the loan portfolio. For purposes of determining the allowance for loan losses, the Company has segmented loans in 
the portfolio by product type. Loans are segmented into the following pools: commercial loans, commercial real estate loans, 
residential real estate loans and consumer loans. The Company also sub-segments the consumer loan portfolio into the following two 
classes: home equity loans and other consumer loans. Historical loss percentages for each risk category are calculated and used as the 
basis for calculating allowance allocations. These historical loss percentages are calculated over multiple periods for all portfolio 
segments. Management evaluates these results and utilizes the most reflective period in the calculation. Certain qualitative factors are 
then added to the historical allocation percentage to get the adjusted factor.  

67 

 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
  
   
   
     
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

These factors include, but are not limited to, the following:  

Factor Considered: 
Levels of and trends in charge-offs, classifications and non-accruals..........................     
Trends in volume and terms .........................................................................................     
Changes in lending policies and procedures.................................................................     
Experience, depth and ability of management..............................................................     
Economic trends ...........................................................................................................      Decreasing
Increasing
Concentrations of credit ...............................................................................................     

Risk Trend:
Stable 
Increasing
Stable 
Stable 

The following factors are analyzed and applied to loans internally graded with higher risk credit in addition to the above factors for 
non-classified loans:  

Factor Considered: 
Levels and trends in classification ................................................................................     
Declining trends in financial performance ...................................................................     
Structure and lack of performance measures................................................................     
Migration between risk categories ................................................................................   

Risk Trend:
Stable 
Stable 
Stable 
Increasing

The provision charged to operations can be allocated to a loan segment either as a positive or negative value as a result of any material 
changes to: net charge-offs or recovery, risk factors or loan balances. The increase in provision to the commercial loan category was 
due mainly to a specific reserve provision of approximately $1.3 million on loans to one related group. This was also reflected in the 
increase in classified loans.  

The change in the allowance for the commercial real estate categories is due to increases in standard and special mention loans offset 
by the reduction in the amount of net charge-offs which impacts the provision charged to operations for the year-to-date for any 
category of loans. Charge-offs affect the historical rate applied to each category, and the amount needed to replenish the amount 
charged-off.   

Residential real estate provision was lower due to a decrease in historical charge-off factor and in other qualitative factors. Consumer 
home equity went down due to a decrease in the historical rate due to a large year of charge-offs rolling off and a decrease in other 
qualitative factors.  

The following is an analysis of changes in the allowance for loan losses for the periods ended:  

December 31, 2014 
Balance at beginning of period ...   $ 
Loan charge-offs .........................     
Recoveries ..................................     
Net loan recoveries  

(charge-offs) ..........................     
Provision charged to operations ...     
Balance at end of period .............   $ 

Commercial 

Commercial real 
estate

Residential real 
estate

Consumer -
home equity      

Consumer -
other 

Total

(Amounts in thousands)

593    $
(123 ) 
274   

151      

1,320   
2,064    $

$

2,638
(186)
3

(183)    
299
2,754

$

$

356
(93)
16

(77)    
(50)
229

$

88     $ 
(48 )     
24       

(24 )     
(4 )     
60     $ 

$

89
(144)
77

(67)    
73
95

$

3,764
(594)
394

(200)
1,638
5,202

December 31, 2013 
Balance at beginning of period ...   $ 
Loan charge-offs .........................     
Recoveries ..................................     
Net loan recoveries 

(charge-offs) ..........................     
Provision charged to operations ...     
Balance at end of period .............   $ 

Commercial 

Commercial real 
estate

Residential real 
estate

Consumer -
home equity      

Consumer -
other 

Total

(Amounts in thousands)

639    $
(1 ) 
167   

166   
(212 ) 
593    $

2,616
(782)
11

(771)
793
2,638

$

$

68 

343
(81)
26

(55)
68
356

$

$

123     $ 
(12 )     
18       

6       
(41 )     
88     $ 

104
(146)
89

(57)
42
89

$

$

3,825
(1,022)
311

(711)
650
3,764

 
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

December 31, 2012 
Balance at beginning of period ...   $ 
Loan charge-offs .........................     
Recoveries ..................................     
Net loan recoveries 

(charge-offs) ..........................     
Provision charged to operations ...     
Balance at end of period .............   $ 

Commercial 

Commercial real 
estate 

Residential real 
estate 

Consumer - 
home equity 

Consumer - 
other 

Total 

(Amounts in thousands) 

565     $
(1,937 )    
9      

(1,928 )    
2,002      
639     $

1,803    $
(36)    
37     

1     
812     
2,616    $

470    $
(231)    
46     

(185)    
58     
343    $

128     $ 
(59 )     
13       

(46 )     
41       
123     $ 

92    $
(152)    
57     

(95)    
107     
104    $

3,058 
(2,415)
162 

(2,253)
3,020 
3,825 

The total allowance reflects management’s estimate of loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the consolidated balance sheet date.  

The following tables present a full breakdown by portfolio segment, the changes in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded 
investment in loans for the periods ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:  

December 31, 2014 

Allowance for loan losses: 
Ending allowance balance attributable to 
loans: 

Commercial

Commercial 
real estate

Residential 
real estate

Consumer - 
home equity       

Consumer - 
other

Total

(Amounts in thousands) 

Individually evaluated for impairment ...   $ 
Collectively evaluated for impairment ...     
Total ending allowance balance ........   $ 

1,316    $
748     
2,064    $

148    $
2,606     
2,754    $

—    $
229     
229    $

—     $ 
60       
60     $ 

—    $
95     
95    $

1,464
3,738
5,202

Loan Portfolio: 

Individually evaluated for impairment ...   $ 
Collectively evaluated for impairment ...     
Total ending loans balance ...............   $ 

2,023    $
70,307     
72,330    $

5,729    $
217,807     
223,536    $

—    $
38,875     
38,875    $

—     $ 
21,328       
21,328     $ 

—    $
4,116     
4,116    $

7,752
352,433
360,185

December 31, 2013 

Allowance for loan losses: 
Ending allowance balance attributable to 
loans: 

Commercial   

Commercial 
real estate 

Residential 
real estate 

Consumer - 
home equity       

Consumer - 
other 

Total 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Individually evaluated for impairment ...   $ 
Collectively evaluated for impairment ...     
Total ending allowance balance ........   $ 

50    $
543     
593    $

251    $
2,387     
2,638    $

—    $
356     
356    $

—     $ 
88       
88     $ 

—    $
89     
89    $

301
3,463
3,764

Loan Portfolio: 

Individually evaluated for impairment ...   $ 
Collectively evaluated for impairment ...     
Total ending loans balance ...............   $ 

418    $
73,225     
73,643    $

5,134    $
201,610     
206,744    $

—    $
42,288     
42,288    $

—     $ 
19,510       
19,510     $ 

—    $
4,648     
4,648    $

5,552
341,281
346,833

The following tables represent credit exposures by internally assigned grades for years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, 
respectively. The grading analysis estimates the capability of the borrower to repay the contractual obligations of the loan agreements 
as scheduled or at all. The Company’s internal credit risk grading system is based on experiences with similarly graded loans.  

69 

 
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
     
       
     
  
     
     
     
       
     
  
     
     
     
       
     
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
     
       
     
  
     
     
     
       
     
  
     
     
     
       
     
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The Company’s internally assigned grades are as follows:  

  Pass – loans which are protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or by the value of the 
underlying collateral. Within this category, there are grades of exceptional, quality, acceptable and pass monitor.  

  Special Mention – loans where a potential weakness or risk exists, which could cause a more serious problem if not 

corrected.  

  Substandard – loans that have a well-defined weakness based on objective evidence and are characterized by the distinct 

possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.  

  Doubtful – loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in a substandard asset but with the severity which 

makes collection in full highly questionable and improbable, based on existing circumstances.  

  Loss – loans classified as a loss are considered uncollectible, or of such value that continuance as an asset is not 

warranted. This rating does not mean that the assets have no recovery or salvage value but rather that the assets should be 
charged off now, even though partial or full recovery may be possible in the future.  

The following is a summary of credit quality indicators by internally assigned grade as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.  

(Amounts in thousands) 

Commercial

Commercial  
real estate 

December 31, 2014 
Pass ...............................................................................................   $
Special Mention............................................................................    
Substandard ..................................................................................    
Doubtful .......................................................................................    
Ending Balance ............................................................................   $

65,339    $ 
4,963      
2,028      
—      
72,330    $ 

205,890 
10,209 
7,437 
— 
223,536 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Commercial 

Commercial   
real estate 

December 31, 2013 
Pass ...............................................................................................   $
Special Mention............................................................................    
Substandard ..................................................................................    
Doubtful .......................................................................................    
Ending Balance ............................................................................   $

72,562    $ 
626      
455      
—      
73,643    $ 

192,604 
9,158 
4,982 
— 
206,744 

The Company evaluates the classification of consumer, home equity and residential loans primarily on a pooled basis. If the Company 
becomes aware that adverse or distressed conditions exist that may affect a particular loan, the loan is downgraded following the 
above definitions of special mention and substandard.  

The following is a summary of consumer credit exposure as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. 

December 31, 2014 
Performing .........................................................................   $
Nonperforming ...................................................................    
Total .............................................................................   $

37,544    $
1,331     
38,875    $

21,179     $ 
149       
21,328     $ 

4,110 
6 
4,116 

Residential  
real estate

(Amounts in thousands) 
Consumer -  
home equity 

Consumer-  
other

70 

 
  
  
 
  
     
 
      
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
       
  
  
 
  
 
 
     
 
 
     
       
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

December 31, 2013 
Performing .........................................................................   $
Nonperforming ...................................................................    
Total .............................................................................   $

41,807    $
481     
42,288    $

19,438     $ 
72       
19,510     $ 

4,632 
16 
4,648 

Residential 
real estate 

(Amounts in thousands) 
Consumer -  
home equity 

Consumer-  
other 

Loans are considered to be nonperforming when they become 90 days past due or on nonaccrual status, though the Company may be 
receiving partial payments of interest and partial repayments of principal on such loans. When a loan is placed in non-accrual status, 
previously accrued but unpaid interest is recorded against interest income. Loans in foreclosure are considered nonperforming.  

The following is a summary of classes of loans on non-accrual status as of:  

Commercial .................................................................................   $
Commercial real estate ................................................................    
Residential real estate ..................................................................    
Consumer: 

Consumer - home equity ........................................................    
Consumer - other ...................................................................    
Total .................................................................................   $

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 

2014

2013 

1,824    $ 
2,247      
1,331      

149      
6      
5,557    $ 

98 
1,279 
481 

72 
16 
1,946 

Gross income that should have been recorded in income on nonaccrual loans was $351,000, $147,000 and $207,000 for the years 
ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Actual interest included in income on these nonaccrual loans amounts to 
$149,000, $38,000 and $55,000 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

Troubled Debt Restructuring  

Nonperforming loans also include certain loans that have been modified in troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) where economic 
concessions have been granted to borrowers who have experienced or are expected to experience financial difficulties. These 
concessions typically result from the Company’s loss mitigation activities and could include reductions in the interest rate, payment 
extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions. Certain TDRs are classified as nonperforming at the time of 
restructure and may only be returned to performing status after considering the borrower’s sustained repayment performance for a 
reasonable period, generally six months.  

There were no loans modified as TDRs during the year ended December 31, 2014. None of the loans that were approved as TDRs in 
2012 or 2013 have subsequently defaulted in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014. 

The following presents, by class, information related to loans modified in a TDR during the periods ended:  

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2013 

Pre-modification 
recorded 
investment

Post-modification 
recorded 
investment 

Number of 
contracts

Increase in the 
allowance

Commercial ............................................................................    
Commercial real estate ...........................................................    
Total restructured loans ....................................................    
Subsequently defaulted ...............................................    

 $
5  
7      
12    $

— 

$

438    $ 
2,348      
2,786    $ 
—      

438    $
2,348     
2,786    $

20

—

20

71 

 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
     
       
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
     
 
 
      
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2012 

Pre-modification 
recorded 
investment

Post-modification 
recorded 
investment 

Number of 
contracts

Increase in the 
allowance

Commercial real estate ...........................................................    
Total restructured loans ....................................................    
Subsequently defaulted ...............................................    

4     $
4     $

— 

$

1,734    $ 
1,734    $ 
—      

1,734    $
1,734    $

148

148

In 2013, the seven commercial real estate loans had either the rate unchanged or blended with no rate impact. All the loans had loan 
term changes. Five of the commercial real estate loans were to the same customer. Two of the five commercial loans were to the same 
company. Three of the commercial loans had loan term changes with no rate concessions made. One commercial loan had multiple 
changes including rate change, shortened maturity and additional collateral and one commercial loan had an extended loan term and 
interest only for 6 months.  

In 2012, of the four additions to TDRs, three had no interest rate changes. Restructuring involved items such as new guarantees, 
additional loans and loan term changes. One loan had a rate reduction from 6.5% to 5.0%. 

The following is an aging analysis of the recorded investment of past due loans as of the periods ended December 31, 2014 and 2013: 

30-59 Days 
Past Due 

60-89 Days 
Past Due

90 Days Or 
Greater

  Total Past Due  

Current 

      Total Loans  

Recorded 
Investment > 
90 Days and 
Accruing

(Amounts in thousands)

December 31, 2014 
Commercial ...................................   $ 
Commercial real estate ..................     
Residential real estate ....................     
Consumer: 

Consumer - home equity ..........     
Consumer - other .....................     
Total ...................................   $ 

54     $ 
574       
122       

61       
15       
826     $ 

282    $
1,774     
173     

—     
—     
2,229    $

1,542    $
2,115     
1,144     

149     
6     
4,956    $

1,878    $
4,463     
1,439     

70,452     $ 
219,073       
37,436       

72,330    $
223,536     
38,875     

210     
21     
8,011    $

21,118       
4,095       

21,328     
4,116     
352,174     $  360,185    $

—
—
—

—
—
—

30-59 Days 
Past Due 

60-89 Days 
Past Due 

90 Days Or 
Greater 

  Total Past Due  

Current 

      Total Loans   

Recorded 
Investment > 
90 Days and 
Accruing 

(Amounts in thousands) 

December 31, 2013 
Commercial ...................................   $ 
Commercial real estate ..................     
Residential real estate ....................     
Consumer: 

Consumer - home equity ..........     
Consumer - other .....................     
Total ...................................   $ 

—     $ 
—       
—       

—       
29       
29     $ 

—    $
—     
201     

7     
—     
208    $

30    $
1,136     
380     

65     
16     
1,627    $

30    $
1,136     
581     

73,613     $ 
205,608       
41,707       

73,643    $
206,744     
42,288     

72     
45     
1,864    $

19,438       
4,603       

19,510     
4,648     
344,969     $  346,833    $

—
—
—

—
—
—

An impaired loan is a loan on which, based on current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all 
amounts due (including both interest and principal) according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. However, an 
insignificant delay or insignificant shortfall in amount of payments on a loan does not indicate that the loan is impaired.  

When a loan is determined to be impaired, impairment should be measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows 
discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. However, as a practical expedient, the Company will measure impairment based on a 
loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  

72 

 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
     
 
 
 
 
 
  
       
     
     
     
       
     
  
       
     
     
     
       
     
  
  
  
     
 
 
 
 
 
  
       
     
     
     
       
     
  
       
     
     
     
       
     
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following are the criteria for selecting individual loans / relationships for impairment analysis. Non-homogenous loans which 
meet the criteria below are evaluated quarterly.  

  All borrowers whose loans are classified doubtful by examiners and internal loan review  
  All loans on non-accrual status  
  Any loan in foreclosure  
  Any loan with a specific reserve  
  Any loan determined to be collateral dependent for repayment  

  Loans classified as troubled debt restructuring  

Any loan evaluated for impairment is excluded from the general pool of loans in the ALLL calculation regardless if a specific reserve 
was determined. If management determines that the value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan (net of 
previous charge-offs, deferred loan fees or costs and unamortized premium or discount), impairment is recognized through an 
allowance estimate or a charge-off to the allowance.  

The following table presents the recorded investment and unpaid principal balances for impaired loans, excluding homogenous loans 
for which impaired analyses are not necessarily performed, with the associated allowance amount, if applicable, at December 31, 2014 
and 2013. Also presented are the average recorded investments in the impaired balances and interest income recognized after 
impairment for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.  

December 31, 2014 
With no related allowance recorded: 

Commercial ....................................................................   $
Commercial real estate ...................................................    

With an allowance recorded: 

Commercial ....................................................................    
Commercial real estate ...................................................    

Total: 

Commercial ....................................................................   $
Commercial real estate ...................................................   $

December 31, 2013 
With no related allowance recorded: 

Commercial ....................................................................   $
Commercial real estate ...................................................    

With an allowance recorded: 

Commercial ....................................................................    
Commercial real estate ...................................................    

Total: 

Commercial ....................................................................   $
Commercial real estate ...................................................   $

Recorded Investment

(Amounts in thousands) 
  Unpaid Principal Balance   

Related Allowance

457     $

4,498    

1,566    
1,231    

2,023     $
5,729     $

457      $ 

5,242     

1,566     
1,231     

2,023      $ 
6,473      $ 

— 
— 

1,316 
148 

1,316 
148 

Recorded Investment 

  Unpaid Principal Balance   

Related Allowance 

(Amounts in thousands) 

320     $

3,554    

98    
1,580    

418     $
5,134     $

320      $ 

3,554     

98     
1,580     

418      $ 
5,134      $ 

— 
— 

50 
251 

50 
251 

73 

 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
    
 
     
  
 
 
    
 
     
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
     
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
    
 
     
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
    
 
     
  
 
 
    
 
     
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
     
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
    
 
     
  
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Average 
Recorded 
Investment

Interest 
Income 
Recognized

December 31, 2014 

With no related allowance recorded: 

Commercial .......................................................................   $
Commercial real estate ......................................................    

With an allowance recorded: 

Commercial .......................................................................    
Commercial real estate ......................................................    

Total: 

Commercial .......................................................................   $
Commercial real estate ......................................................   $

 $ 
257  
4,069      

311  
1,430      

568    $ 
5,499    $ 

17 
158 

— 
73 

17 
231 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Average 
Recorded 
Investment 

Interest 
Income 
Recognized 

December 31, 2013 

With no related allowance recorded: 

Commercial ......................................................................   $
Commercial real estate .....................................................    

With an allowance recorded: 

Commercial ......................................................................    
Commercial real estate .....................................................    

 $ 

123 
1,638 

73 
3,015 

Total: 

Commercial ......................................................................   $
Commercial real estate .....................................................   $

196     $ 
4,653     $ 

6 
117 

— 
95 

6 
212 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Average 
Recorded 
Investment 

Interest 
Income 
Recognized 

December 31, 2012 

With no related allowance recorded: 

Commercial ......................................................................   $
Commercial real estate .....................................................    

17 
1,196    

 $ 

With an allowance recorded: 

Commercial ......................................................................    
Commercial real estate .....................................................    

58 
3,177 

Total: 

Commercial ......................................................................   $
Commercial real estate .....................................................   $

75     $ 
4,373     $ 

— 
3 

— 
117 

— 
120 

74 

 
  
  
 
  
     
 
 
  
       
  
 
 
      
 
 
  
   
 
   
 
      
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
    
  
 
 
    
  
 
   
 
    
  
 
   
   
 
    
  
 
  
  
 
  
    
 
 
    
  
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
    
  
 
   
   
 
    
  
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTE 4 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT  

The following is a summary of premises and equipment:  

Land ............................................................................................   $
Premises ......................................................................................    
Equipment ...................................................................................    
Leasehold improvements .............................................................    
Total premises and equipment ..................................................    
Less accumulated depreciation ....................................................    
Net book value ..........................................................................   $

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 

2014

2013 

2,673     $ 
8,298       
8,440       
219       

19,630  
11,933       
 $ 
7,697  

1,387 
8,372 
8,652 
203 
18,614 
11,938 
6,676 

 Depreciation expense was $715,000 in 2014, $713,000 in 2013 and $640,000 in 2012.  

NOTE 5 - DEPOSITS  

The following is a summary of interest-bearing deposits:  

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 

2014

2013 

Demand .......................................................................................   $
Money market .............................................................................    
Savings ........................................................................................    
Time: 

33,146     $ 
84,277    
114,400    

In denominations under $250,000 ............................................    
In denominations of $250,000 or more .....................................    
Total .......................................................................................   $

91,802 
38,405 
362,030 

 $ 

33,654 
78,783 
114,366 

94,277 
37,684 
358,764 

75 

 
  
  
 
  
 
  
     
 
   
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
    
 
  
  
    
    
    
 
     
     
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Stated maturities of time deposits were as follows:  

(Amounts in thousands) 
2014 

2015 .............................................................................................   $
2016 .............................................................................................    
2017 .............................................................................................    
2018 .............................................................................................    
2019 .............................................................................................    
2020 and beyond ..........................................................................    
Total .......................................................................................   $

77,574   
17,261   
4,855   
3,633   
3,459   
23,425   
130,207   

The following is a summary of time deposits of $100,000 or more by remaining maturities:  

Certificates of Deposit

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2014 
Other Time Deposits 

Total

Three months or less .............................................   $
Three to six months ...............................................     
Six to twelve months .............................................     
One through five years ..........................................     
Over five years ......................................................     
Total ...................................................................   $

21,733 
9,802 
12,225 
12,449 
5,690 
61,899 

$

$

1,468   
472   
108   
2,297   
2,698   
7,043   

 $ 

 $ 

23,201 
10,274 
12,333 
14,746 
8,388 
68,942 

NOTE 6 - FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK (FHLB) ADVANCES AND OTHER SHORT TERM BORROWINGS  

The following is a summary of FHLB advances and other short term borrowings:  

Weighted 
Average Interest 
Rate

(Amounts in thousands)

December 31,

2014 

2013

FHLB advances - long term: 
Fixed rate payable and convertible fixed rate FHLB advances, with monthly 

interest payments: 

Due in 2014 .........................................................................................................     
Due in 2015 .........................................................................................................  
Due in 2016 .........................................................................................................  
Due in 2017 .........................................................................................................  
Total FHLB advances - long term ....................................................................  

FHLB advances - short term: 

Short term ............................................................................................................  
Cash management ...............................................................................................  
Total FHLB advances - short term ...................................................................  
Total FHLB advances ....................................................................................  

Other short term borrowings: 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements .........................................................  
Total FHLB advances and other short term borrowings .............................  

   $ 

—     $

2.93%  
1.99%  
4.12%  
3.51%  

0.29%  
0.17%  
0.25%  
2.26%  

4,000    
5,000    
16,000    
25,000    

9,500    
6,000    
15,500    
40,500    

0.07%  
2.05%   $ 

4,259    
44,759     $

12,500 
4,000 
2,000 
16,000 
34,500 

— 
8,100 
8,100 
42,600 

3,804 
46,404 

76 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
    
  
  
    
    
    
 
    
  
  
    
    
    
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
    
  
  
    
    
    
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
    
  
  
    
    
    
 
  
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following is a summary of FHLB short term borrowings: 

Average balance during the year ..................................................................   $
Average interest rate during the year ...........................................................  
Maximum month-end balance during the year .............................................   $
Weighted average interest rate at year end ...................................................  

17,537       $
0.89%  
22,500       $
0.25%  

4,559        $
0.16%  
13,000        $
0.12%  

6,750   
1.17%
14,500   
0.14%

2014

(Amounts in thousands)
2013 

2012

The following is a summary of other short term borrowings:  

2014

(Amounts in thousands)
2013 

2012

Average balance during the year ...................................................................   $
Average interest rate during the year ............................................................  
Maximum month-end balance during the year ..............................................   $
Weighted average interest rate at year end ....................................................  

4,141       $
0.07%  
5,795       $
0.07%  

3,453        $
0.09%  
4,022        $
0.07%  

4,559   
0.11%
5,550   
0.13%

Securities sold under repurchase agreements represent arrangements the Bank has entered into with certain deposit customers within 
its local market areas. These borrowings are collateralized with securities. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, securities allocated for 
this purpose, owned by the Bank and held in safekeeping accounts at independent correspondent banks, amounted to $7.5 million and 
$7.6 million, respectively.  

At December 31, 2014, FHLB advances were collateralized by FHLB stock owned by the Bank with a carrying value of $2.8 million, 
a blanket lien against the Bank’s qualified mortgage loan portfolio of $25.6 million and $31.6 million in mortgage-backed securities. 
In comparison, in the prior year FHLB advances were collateralized by FHLB stock owned by the Bank with a carrying value of $2.8 
million, a blanket lien against the Bank’s qualified mortgage loan portfolio of $26.4 million, $5.0 million in collateralized mortgage 
obligations and $24.0 million in mortgage-backed securities. Maximum borrowing capacities from FHLB totaled $53.4 million and 
$50.0 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  

At December 31, 2014, $22.0 million of the FHLB fixed rate advances were putable on or after certain specified dates at the option of 
the FHLB and at December 31, 2013, $28.5 million of the FHLB fixed rate advances were putable on or after certain specified dates at 
the option of the FHLB. Should the FHLB elect to exercise the put, the Company is required to pay the advance off on that date 
without penalty.  

NOTE 7 - SUBORDINATED DEBT  

The Company issued $5.0 million of floating rate trust preferred securities as part of a pooled offering of such securities due 
December 2037. The Company owns all $155,000 of the common securities issued by the trust. The securities bear interest at the 3-
month LIBOR rate plus 1.45%. The rates at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were both 1.69%. The Company issued subordinated 
debentures to the trust in exchange for the proceeds of the trust preferred offering. The debentures represent the sole assets of this 
trust. The Company may redeem the subordinated debentures, in whole or in part, at par.  

The trust is not consolidated with the Company’s financial statements. Accordingly, the Company does not report the securities issued 
by the trust as liabilities, but instead reports as liabilities the subordinated debentures issued by the Company and held by the trust. 
The subordinated debentures qualify as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes in determining and evaluating the Company’s capital 
adequacy.  

NOTE 8 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES  

The Bank occupies office facilities under operating leases extending to 2018. Most of these leases contain an option to renew at the 
then fair rental value for periods of five and ten years. These options enable the Bank to retain use of facilities in desirable operating 
areas. In most cases, management expects that in the normal course of business, leases will be renewed or replaced by other leases. 
Rental and lease expense was $139,000 for 2014, $181,000 for 2013 and $147,000 for 2012.  

77 

 
  
  
  
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following is a summary of remaining future minimum lease payments under current non-cancelable operating leases for office 
facilities:  

Years ending: 

 December 31, 2015 ..................................................................   $
 December 31, 2016 ..................................................................    
 December 31, 2017 ..................................................................    
 December 31, 2018 ..................................................................    
 December 31, 2019 ..................................................................    
 Later years ................................................................................    
 Total ......................................................................................   $

(Amounts in thousands) 

166   
104   
56   
33   
—   
—   
359   

At December 31, 2014, the Bank was required to maintain aggregate cash reserves amounting to $6.5 million in order to satisfy 
federal regulatory requirements. The reserves are held in useable vault cash and interest-earning balances at the Federal Reserve Bank 
of Cleveland.  

The Bank grants commercial and industrial loans, commercial and residential mortgage loans, and consumer loans to customers in 
Northeastern Ohio and Western Pennsylvania. Although the Bank has a diversified portfolio, exposure to credit loss can be adversely 
impacted by downturns in local economic and employment conditions. Approximately 1.0% of total loans are unsecured at 
December 31, 2014 and 2013.  

The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of 
its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees. 
Such instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized on the Consolidated Balance 
Sheets. The contract or notional amounts or those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes 
of financial instruments.  

In the event of nonperformance by the other party, the Company’s exposure to credit loss on these financial instruments is represented 
by the contract or notional amount of the instrument. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and 
conditional obligations as it does for instruments recorded on the balance sheet. The amount and nature of collateral obtained, if any, 
is based on management’s credit evaluation.  

The following is a summary of such contractual commitments:  

Commitments to extend credit: 

Fixed rate ................................................................................  $
Variable rate ............................................................................   
Standby letters of credit ................................................................   

 $ 

13,825 
49,897 

608    

14,439 
53,275 
670 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 

2014

2013 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the 
contract. Generally these financial arrangements have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of 
a fee. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a 
third party. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not 
necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The 
amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation 
of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment and income-
producing commercial properties.  

78 

 
  
 
  
    
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
    
 
 
  
    
  
  
 
   
  
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The Company also offers limited overdraft protection as a non-contractual courtesy which is available to businesses as well as 
individually/jointly owned accounts in good standing for personal or household use. The Company reserves the right to discontinue 
this service without prior notice.  

The following table is a summary of overdraft protection for the periods indicated:  

(Amounts in thousands) 

December 31, 

2014

2013 

Overdraft protection available on depositors' accounts ............   $
Balance of overdrafts included in loans ....................................    
Average daily balance of overdrafts .........................................    
Average daily balance of overdrafts as a percentage of 

available ...............................................................................    

  $ 

9,632  
108  
117  

9,678  
190  
115  

1.21%     

1.19%

NOTE 9 – BENEFIT PLANS  

The Bank has a contributory defined contribution retirement plan (401(k) plan) which covers substantially all employees. Total 
expense under the plan was $284,000 for 2014, $296,000 for 2013 and $265,000 for 2012. The Bank matches participants’ voluntary 
contributions up to 5% of gross pay. Participants may make voluntary contributions to the plan up to a maximum of $17,500 with an 
additional $5,500 catch-up deferral for plan participants over the age of 50. The Bank makes monthly contributions to this plan equal 
to amounts accrued for plan expense.  

The Company provides supplemental retirement benefit plans for the benefit of certain officers and non-officer directors. The plan for 
officers is designed to provide post-retirement benefits to supplement other sources of retirement income such as social security and 
401(k) benefits. The benefits will be paid for a period of 15 years after retirement. Director Retirement Agreements provide for a 
benefit of $10,000 annually on or after the director reaches normal retirement age, which is based on a combination of age and years 
of service. Director retirement benefits are paid over a period of 10 years following retirement. The Company accrues the cost of these 
post-retirement benefits during the working careers of the officers and directors. At December 31, 2014, the accumulated liability for 
these benefits totaled $2.5 million, with $2.0 million accrued for the officers’ plan and $507,000 for the directors’ plan.  

The following table reconciles the accumulated liability for the benefit obligation of these agreements:  

Beginning balance .............................................................   $
Benefit expense .................................................................    
Benefit payments ..............................................................    
Ending balance ............................................................   $

(Amounts in thousands) 
Years Ended December 31, 
2013 

2014

2,396     $
308    
(155)  
2,549 

$

2,218      $ 
327     
(149 )   
2,396   

 $ 

2012

2,049 
303 
(134)
2,218 

Supplemental executive retirement agreements are unfunded plans and have no plan assets. The benefit obligation represents the 
vested net present value of future payments to individuals under the agreements. The benefit expense, as specified in the agreements 
for the entire year 2015, is expected to be approximately $305,000. The benefits expected to be paid in the next year are 
approximately $158,000.  

The Bank has purchased insurance contracts on the lives of the participants in the supplemental retirement benefit plan and has named 
the Bank as the beneficiary. Similarly, the Company has purchased insurance contracts on the lives of the directors with the Bancorp 
as beneficiary. While no direct linkage exists between the supplemental retirement benefit plan and the life insurance contracts, it is 
management’s current intent that the revenue from the insurance contracts be used as a funding source for the plan.  

The Company accrues for the monthly benefit expense of postretirement cost of insurance for split-dollar life insurance coverage. 
Total net amount expensed for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $16,000, $56,000 and $22,000, respectively, 
with a $45,000 credit to other comprehensive income in 2014 and a $28,000 debit to other comprehensive income in 2013. The 
accumulated liability at December 31, 2014 is $585,000 and $614,000 at December 31, 2013. The expense for the year ended 
December 31, 2015 is expected to be under $15,000.  

79 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
    
    
 
 
  
 
  
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTE 10 - FEDERAL INCOME TAXES  

The composition of income tax expense is as follows:  

Current .....................................................   $ 
Deferred ...................................................     
Total ......................................................   $ 

2014

451     $
451    
902 

  $

(Amounts in thousands)
Years Ended December 31, 
2013

(8 )    $ 
96     
88   

  $ 

2012

(1,131)
973 
(158)

The ability to realize the benefit of deferred tax assets is dependent upon a number of factors, including the generation of future 
taxable income, the ability to carry back taxes paid in previous years, the ability to offset capital losses with capital gains, the reversal 
of deferred tax liabilities, and certain tax planning strategies. A valuation allowance of $94,000 has been established to offset in its 
entirety the tax benefits associated with securities sold at a loss that management believes may not be realizable.  

The following is a summary of net deferred taxes included in other assets:  

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 

2014

2013 

Gross deferred tax assets: 

Provision for loan and other real estate losses ...........................  $
Loan origination cost - net .........................................................   
Impairment loss on securities ....................................................   
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities .........................   
Deferred compensation ..............................................................   
 NOL carryforward ....................................................................   
AMT credit carryforward ..........................................................   
General business credit carryforward ........................................   
Other items ................................................................................   
Total gross deferred tax assets ................................................   
 Valuation allowance .................................................................   
Total net deferred tax assets ....................................................   

Gross deferred tax liabilities: 

   $ 

1,769 
303 
48 
— 
866 
— 
928 
— 
809 
4,723 
(94)
4,629 

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities ........................   
Depreciation ..............................................................................   
Other items ................................................................................   
Total net deferred tax liabilities ..............................................   
Net deferred tax asset ..............................................................  $

(185)   
(494)
(595)
(1,274)
3,355 

 $ 

1,280 
298 
784 
1,473 
814 
385 
641 
182 
727 
6,584 
(94)
6,490 

— 
(433)
(593)
(1,026)
5,464 

The Company had a deferred tax asset of $928,000 for credits related to Alternative Minimum Taxes (AMT) and a deferred tax asset 
of $94,000 relating to a capital loss carryforward as of December 31, 2014. In comparison, the Company had a deferred tax asset of 
$641,000 for credits related to AMT, a deferred tax asset of $385,000 relating to a net operating loss (NOL) carryforward, a deferred 
tax asset of $182,000 relating to a general business credit carryforward and a deferred tax asset of $94,000 relating to a capital loss 
carryforward as of December 31, 2013. The AMT credits have an unlimited carry-forward period. The NOL carryforward and general 
business credit carryforward both had a 20 year life and were used in 2014. No valuation allowance had been established for these 
deferred tax assets in view of the Corporation’s ability to carry forward taxes paid and credits earned in previous years, to future years, 
coupled with the anticipated future taxable income as evidenced by the Corporation’s earnings potential. The capital loss carryforward 
has a 5 year life and expires in 2017; it has a 100% valuation allowance of $94,000 against it. Because of the Parent Company’s 
inability to generate taxable income, realization of the deferred tax asset therein was not probable.  

80 

 
 
  
  
 
  
  
    
     
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
    
 
    
    
    
 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
   
     
   
    
    
    
 
  
     
     
   
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following is a reconciliation between tax expense using the statutory tax rate of 34% and the income tax provision:  

(Amounts in thousands)

Years Ended December 31,
2013 

2014

2012

Statutory tax expense ....................................................................................   $
Tax effect of non-taxable interest income .....................................................    
Tax effect of earnings on bank-owned life insurance-net .............................    
Tax effect of historical tax credit ..................................................................    
Tax effect of low income housing credit .......................................................    
Tax effect of non-deductible expenses ..........................................................    
Federal income tax expense (benefit) .........................................................   $

1,622     $ 
(609)   
(114)   
—    
(52)   
55    
902 

  $ 

636      $
(504 )   
(111 )   
—     
13     
54     
88  

  $

937 
(512)
(129)
(483)
— 
29 
(158)

The related income tax expense on investment securities gains amounted to $311,000 for 2014, $245,000 for 2013 and $4,000 for 
2012, and is included in the federal income tax expense (benefit).  

The Company prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement 
of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Benefits from tax positions should be recognized in the financial 
statements only when it is more-likely-than-not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing 
authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition 
threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate 
settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be recognized in the first 
subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-
likely-than-not recognition threshold should be derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold 
is no longer met. The provision also provides guidance on the accounting for and disclosure of unrecognized tax benefits, interest and 
penalties. There were no significant unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2014 and the Company does not expect any significant 
increase in unrecognized tax benefits in the next twelve months. No interest or penalties were incurred for income taxes which would 
have been recorded as a component of income tax expense.  

There is currently no liability for uncertain tax positions and no known unrecognized tax benefits. The Company’s federal and state 
income tax returns for taxable years through 2010 have been closed for purposes of examination by the Internal Revenue Service and 
the Ohio Department of Revenue.  

NOTE 11 – FAIR VALUE  
Measurements  

The Company groups assets and liabilities recorded at fair value into three levels based on the markets in which the assets and 
liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. A financial instrument’s level within the fair 
value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement (with level 1 considered highest 
and level 3 considered lowest). A brief description of each level follows:  

Level 1:     Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reported date. 

Level 2: 

Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable 
as of the reported date. The nature of these assets and liabilities include items for which quoted prices are 
available but which trade less frequently, and items that are fair valued using other financial instruments, the 
parameters of which can be directly observed. 

Level 3: 

Assets and liabilities that have little to no pricing observability as of the reported date. These items do not have 
two-way markets and are measured using management’s best estimate of fair value, where inputs into the 
determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation. 

81 

 
  
 
 
  
  
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following table presents the assets reported on the consolidated balance sheets at their fair value as of December 31, 2014 and 
December 31, 2013 by level within the fair value hierarchy. Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the 
lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  

(Amounts in thousands) 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2014 Using

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets 
for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1)

Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3)

December 31, 
2014

101    $
8,648     
50,091     
85,587     

13,992     
779     
3,049     
7,861     
632     

—     $ 
—       
—       
—       

—       
—       
3,049       
—       
632       

101    $
8,648     
50,091     
85,587     

13,992     
—     
—     
7,861     
—     

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
779 
— 
— 
— 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2013 Using 

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets 
for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1)

Significant Other
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3)

December 31, 
2013

112    $
8,947     
43,535     
78,022     

17,085     
10,136     
3,049     
7,247     
656     

—     $ 
—       
—       
—       

—       
—       
3,049       
—       
656       

112    $
8,947     
43,535     
78,022     

17,085     
—     
—     
7,247     
—     

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
10,136 
— 
— 
— 

Description 

ASSETS 
U.S. Treasury securities ...............................................................   $
U.S. Government agencies and corporations ...............................    
Obligations of states and political subdivisions ...........................    
U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities ............    
U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage 

obligations ...............................................................................    
Trust preferred securities..............................................................    
Regulatory stock ..........................................................................    
Trading securities .........................................................................    
Loans held for sale .......................................................................    

Description 

ASSETS 

U.S. Treasury securities ...............................................................    $
U.S. Government agencies and corporations ...............................   
Obligations of states and political subdivisions ...........................   
U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities ............   
U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage 

obligations ...............................................................................   
Trust preferred securities..............................................................   
Regulatory stock ..........................................................................   
Trading securities .........................................................................   
Loans held for sale .......................................................................   

82 

 
  
  
 
  
      
   
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
       
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
  
    
  
       
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following tables present the changes in the Level 3 fair value category for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. 
The Company classifies financial instruments in Level 3 of the fair-value hierarchy when there is reliance on at least one significant 
unobservable input to the valuation model. In addition to these unobservable inputs, the valuation models for Level 3 financial 
instruments typically also rely on a number of inputs that are readily observable either directly or indirectly.  

Beginning balance ....................................................................   $
Net realized/unrealized gains/(losses) included in: 

Noninterest income .............................................................    
Other comprehensive income .............................................    
Discount accretion (premium amortization).............................    
Sales .........................................................................................    
Purchases, issuance, and settlements ........................................    
Ending balance .........................................................................   $
Losses included in net income for the period relating to assets 

held at period end ................................................................   $

2014
Trust preferred
securities

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 
2013 
Trust preferred 
securities 

2012

     Trust preferred securities  
9,145 

7,612     $ 

10,136    $

—     
835     
7     
(10,044)    
(155)    
779    $

(1,954 )     
4,553       
8       
—       
(83 )     
10,136     $ 

(171)
2,183 
2 
(3,531)
(16)
7,612 

(90)

—    $

(1,954 )   $ 

The Company conducts OTTI analyses on a quarterly basis. The initial indication of other-than-temporary impairment for both debt 
and equity securities is a decline in the fair value below the amount recorded for an investment. A decline in value that is considered 
to be other-than-temporary is recorded as a loss within non-interest income in the consolidated statements of income. In determining 
whether an impairment is other than temporary, the Company considers a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the length 
of time and extent to which the market value has been less than cost, recent events specific to the issuer, including investment 
downgrades by rating agencies and economic conditions of its industry, and a determination that the Company does not intend to sell 
those investments and it is not more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of its 
amortized cost basis less any current period credit loss. Among the factors that are considered in determining the Company’s intent 
and ability is a review of its capital adequacy, interest rate risk position and liquidity.  

The Company also considers the issuer’s financial condition, capital strength and near-term prospects. In addition, for debt securities 
the Company considers the cause of the price decline (general level of interest rates and industry- and issuer-specific factors), current 
ability to make future payments in a timely manner and the issuer’s ability to service debt, the assessment of a security’s ability to 
recover any decline in market value, the ability of the issuer to meet contractual obligations and the Company’s intent and ability to 
retain the security. All of the foregoing require considerable judgment.  

Trust Preferred Securities  

Trust preferred securities are accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 325 Investments Other. The Company evaluates current available 
information in estimating the future cash flows of securities and determines whether there have been favorable or adverse changes in 
estimated cash flows from the cash flows previously projected. The Company considers the structure and term of the pool and the 
financial condition of the underlying issuers. Specifically, the evaluation incorporates factors such as interest rates and appropriate risk 
premiums, the timing and amount of interest and principal payments and the allocation of payments to the various note classes. 
Current estimates of cash flows are based on the most recent trustee reports, announcements of deferrals or defaults, expected future 
default rates and other relevant market information.  

83 

 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
   
    
        
        
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The Company holds trust preferred securities that are backed by pooled trust preferred debt issued by banks, thrifts and insurance 
companies. These securities were all rated investment grade at inception. Beginning the second half of 2008 and into 2014, factors 
outside the Company’s control impacted the fair value of these securities and will likely continue to do so for the foreseeable future. 
These factors include, but are not limited to, the following: guidance on fair value accounting, issuer credit deterioration, issuer 
deferral and default rates, potential failure or government seizure of underlying financial institutions or insurance companies, ratings 
agency actions, or regulatory actions. As a result of changes in these and various other factors during 2009 and into 2014, Moody’s 
Investors Service, Fitch Ratings and Standards and Poor’s downgraded multiple trust preferred securities, including securities held by 
the Company. All of the trust preferred securities held by the Company are now considered to be below investment grade. The 
deteriorating economic, credit and financial conditions experienced in 2008 and through 2014 have resulted in illiquid and inactive 
financial markets and severely depressed prices for these securities. As referenced in Note 2, Investment Securities, with the release of 
the Volcker Rule in December 2013, the Company could no longer support the ability to hold certain trust preferred securities 
comprised of obligations issued by insurance companies. The inability to hold the investments triggered a $2.0 million OTTI 
recognition reflecting the estimated fair value of the securities at December 31, 2013. For the remaining bank-issued trust preferred 
securities, the Company does not intend to sell the securities and it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will not be required to 
sell the securities before recovery of its amortized cost basis. There is a risk that subsequent evaluations could result in recognition of 
OTTI charges in the future. The securities had life-to-date impairment losses as presented below. 

The following table details the breakdown of trust preferred securities for the periods indicated:  

Total number of trust preferred securities ....................................    
Par value .................................................................................   $

Number not considered OTTI ......................................................    
Par value .................................................................................   $

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 

2014

2      
1,802    $ 

1      
802    $ 

2013 

12 
14,366 

1 
956 

Number considered OTTI ............................................................    
Par value .................................................................................   $

1      
1,000    $ 

11 
13,410 

Life-to-date impairment recognized in earnings...........................   $
Life-to-date impairment recognized in other comprehensive 

income .....................................................................................    
Total life-to-date impairment .......................................................   $

140    $ 

2,305 

883      
1,023    $ 

1,718 
4,023 

The following table details the one debt security with other-than-temporary impairment, its credit rating at December 31, 2014 and the 
related loss recognized in earnings:  

(Amounts in thousands) 

Amount of 
OTTI 
related to 
credit loss at 
January 1, 
2014 

Moody’s/Fitch 
Rating 

Additions in 
QTD March 31,
2014

Additions in 
QTD June 30, 
2014

Additions in 
QTD September 
30, 
2014

Additions in 
QTD December 
31, 
2014 

Amount of 
OTTI 
related to 
credit loss at 
December 31, 
2014

Trapeza IX B-1...........     Ca/CC 

Total ......................       

  $ 
  $ 

140     $
140     $

—    $
—    $

—    $
—    $

—     $ 
—     $ 

—    $
—    $

140 
140 

84 

 
  
  
 
  
 
  
     
 
  
    
        
 
  
    
        
 
  
    
        
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
   
   
   
     
   
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following table details the 11 debt securities with other-than-temporary impairment, their credit ratings at December 31, 2013 and 
the related losses recognized in earnings: 

(Amounts in thousands)

Amount of 
OTTI 
related to 
credit loss at 
January 1, 
2013 

Moody’s/Fitch 
Rating 

Additions in 
QTD March 31,
2013

Additions in 
QTD June 30, 
2013

Additions in 
QTD September 
30, 
2013

Additions in 
QTD December 
31, 
2013 

Amount of
OTTI 
related to 
credit loss at 
December 31, 
2013

PreTSL XXIII Class C-

  $ 

FP ...........................    Ca/C 
I-PreTSL I ...................    NR/CCC 
I-PreTSL I ...................    NR/CCC 
I-PreTSL I ...................    NR/CCC 
I-PreTSL II ..................    NR/B 
I-PreTSL III ................    Ba3/CCC 
I-PreTSL III ................    NR/CCC 
I-PreTSL IV ................    Ba2/B 
I-PreTSL IV ................    Ba2/B 
I-PreTSL IV ................    Caa1/CCC      
Trapeza IX B-1............    Ca/CC 

Total .......................      

  $ 

211     $
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
140      
351     $

—    $
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—    $

—    $
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—    $

—     $ 
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
—       
—     $ 

—    $
216     
230     
230     
291     
130     
380     
140     
140     
197     
—     
1,954    $

211 
216 
230 
230 
291 
130 
380 
140 
140 
197 
140 
2,305 

The following table provides additional information related to the Company’s trust preferred securities as of December 31, 2014 used 
to evaluate other-than-temporary impairments:  

(Amounts in thousands)

Deferrals and 
Defaults as a %
of Current 
Collateral 

Number of 
Issuers 
Currently 
Performing       
91       
33       

Excess
Subordination 
as a 
% of Current 
Performing 
Collateral

25.2%   
18.1  

—%
—  

Deal 

   Class 

Amortized 
Cost 

     Fair Value  

Unrealized 
Gain/(Loss)

Moody’s/ 
Fitch Rating  

PreTSL XXIII ...............     C-2 
Trapeza IX ....................     B-1 
Total ........................       

  $ 

  $ 

802     $ 
860       
1,662     $ 

313    $
466     
779    $

(489) B2/C
(394) Ca/CC
(883)

85 

 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
   
   
   
     
   
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
   
    
   
   
  
      
        
  
      
  
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following table provides additional information related to the Company’s trust preferred securities as of December 31, 2013 used 
to evaluate other-than-temporary impairments:  

(Amounts in thousands) 

Deal 

   Class 

Amortized 
Cost 

     Fair Value  

Unrealized 
Gain/(Loss)

Moody’s/ 
Fitch Rating  

PreTSL XXIII ................    C-2 
PreTSL XXIII ................    C-FP 
I-PreTSL I .....................    B-1 
I-PreTSL I .....................    B-2 
I-PreTSL I .....................    B-3 
I-PreTSL II ....................    B-3 
I-PreTSL III ...................    B-2 
I-PreTSL III ...................    C 
I-PreTSL IV ...................    B-1 
I-PreTSL IV ...................    B-2 
I-PreTSL IV ...................    C 
Trapeza IX .....................    B-1 
Total .........................      

  $ 

  $ 

956     $ 
1,535       
770       
770       
770       
2,700       
870       
620       
860       
860       
283       
860       

392    $
811     
770     
770     
770     
2,700     
870     
620     
860     
860     
283     
430     
11,854     $  10,136    $

(564) Ca/C 
(724) Ca/C 

—  NR/CCC 
—  NR/CCC 
—  NR/CCC 
—  NR/B 
—  Ba3/CCC 
—  NR/CCC 
—  Ba2/B 
—  Ba2/B 
—  Caa1/CCC     

(430) Ca/CC 

(1,718)

Deferrals and 
Defaults as a %
of Current 
Collateral 

Excess 
Subordination 
as a 
% of Current 
Performing 
Collateral

24.2%   
24.2      
17.3      
17.3      
17.3      
8.0      
14.1      
14.1      
—      
—      
—      
20.9      

—%
—  
7.78  
7.78  
7.78  
18.03  
14.74  
4.7  
17.67  
17.67  
11.16  
—  

Number of 
Issuers 
Currently 
Performing       
93       
93       
14       
14       
14       
21       
20       
20       
30       
30       
30       
32       

The market for these securities at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 is not active and markets for similar securities are also 
not active. The inactivity was evidenced first by a significant widening of the bid-ask spread in the brokered markets in which trust 
preferred securities trade and then by a significant decrease in the volume of trades relative to historical levels. The new issue market 
is also inactive as no new trust preferred securities have been issued since 2007. There are currently very few market participants who 
are willing and/or able to transact for these securities. The pooled market value for these securities remains very depressed relative to 
historical levels. Although there has been marked improvement in the credit spread premium in the corporate bond space, no such 
improvement has been noted in the market for trust preferred securities.  

Given conditions in the debt markets today and the absence of observable transactions in the secondary and the new issue markets, the 
Company determined the following:  

 

 

 

The few observable transactions and market quotations that are available are not reliable for purposes of determining fair 
value at December 31, 2014;  

An income valuation approach technique (present value technique) that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs 
and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs will be equally or more representative of fair value than the market 
approach valuation technique used at measurement dates prior to 2008; and  

The trust preferred securities will be classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy because the Company determined 
that significant judgments are required to determine fair value at the measurement date.  

The Company enlisted the aid of an independent third party to perform the trust preferred security valuations. The approach to 
determining fair value involved the following process:  

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

Estimate the credit quality of the collateral using average probability of default values for each issuer (adjusted for rating 
levels).  

Consider the potential for correlation among issuers within the same industry for default probabilities (e.g. banks with 
other banks).  

Forecast the cash flows for the underlying collateral and apply to each trust preferred security tranche to determine the 
resulting distribution among the securities, including prepayment and cures.  
Discount the expected cash flows to calculate the present value of the security.  

86 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
   
    
   
    
   
    
   
    
   
    
   
    
   
    
   
    
   
    
   
    
    
   
  
      
        
         
  
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The effective discount rates on an overall basis generally range from 10.24% to 15.75% and are highly dependent upon the credit 
quality of the collateral, the relative position of the tranche in the capital structure of the trust preferred security and the prepayment 
assumptions.  

With the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act, trust preferred securities issued by institutions with assets greater than $15.0 billion will no 
longer be included in Tier 1 capital after 2013. As a result, prepayment assumptions were adjusted to include early redemptions by all 
institutions meeting this criteria. As the vast majority of institutions in the trust preferred securities collateral base fall below this 
threshold, the revised assumption did not materially impact the valuation results.  

The following table presents the assets measured on a nonrecurring basis on the consolidated balance sheets at their fair value as of 
December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, by level within the fair value hierarchy. Impaired loans that are collateral dependent are 
written down to fair value through the establishment of specific reserves. Techniques used to value the collateral that secure the 
impaired loans include: quoted market prices for identical assets classified as Level 1 inputs; observable inputs, employed by certified 
appraisers, for similar assets classified as Level 2 inputs. In cases where valuation techniques include inputs that are unobservable and 
are based on estimates and assumptions developed by management based on the best information available under each circumstance, 
the asset valuation is classified as Level 3 inputs.  

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2014 

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3 

Total

Assets measured on a nonrecurring basis: 

Impaired loans ....................................................................   $

Other real estate owned ......................................................   $

—    $

—    $

—    $ 

6,288     $

6,288 

—    $ 

40     $

40 

Assets measured on a nonrecurring basis: 

Impaired loans ....................................................................   $

—    $

—    $ 

5,251     $

5,251 

Other real estate owned ......................................................   $

—    $

—    $ 

33     $

33 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2013 

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3 

Total

Financial Instruments  

The Company discloses fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the consolidated balance 
sheets, for which it is practicable to estimate the value. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on 
estimates using present value or other estimation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, 
including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows.  

Such techniques and assumptions, as they apply to individual categories of the financial instruments, are as follows:  

Cash and cash equivalents – The carrying amounts for cash and cash equivalents are a reasonable estimate of those assets’ fair value.  

Investment securities – Fair values of securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not 
available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable securities. Prices on trust preferred securities were calculated 
using a discounted cash-flow technique. Cash flows were estimated based on credit and prepayment assumptions. The present value of 
the projected cash flows was calculated using a discount rate equal to the current yield used to accrete the beneficial interest.  

Loans held for sale – Loans held for sale consist of residential mortgage loans originated for sale. Loans held for sale are recorded at 
fair value based on what the secondary markets are currently offering for loans with similar characteristics.  

87 

 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
        
        
        
 
  
    
        
        
        
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
        
        
        
 
  
 
 
 
      
   
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses – Market quotations are generally not available for loan portfolios. The fair value is estimated 
by discounting future cash flows using current market inputs at which loans with similar terms and qualities would be made to 
borrowers of similar credit quality.  

Bank-owned life insurance – The fair value is based upon the cash surrender value of the underlying policies and matches the book value.  

Accrued interest receivable – The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of these assets’ fair value.  

Demand, savings and money market deposits – Demand, savings, and money market deposit accounts are valued at the amount 
payable on demand.  

Time deposits – The fair value of certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rates 
are estimated using market rates currently offered for similar instruments with similar remaining maturities.  

FHLB advances – The fair value for fixed rate advances is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using rates at which 
advances would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities. The fair value for the fixed 
rate advances that are convertible to quarterly LIBOR floating rate advances on or after certain specified dates at the option of the 
FHLB and the FHLB fixed rate advances that are putable on or after certain specified dates at the option of the FHLB are priced using 
the FHLB of Cincinnati’s model.  

Short-term borrowings – Short-term borrowings generally have an original term to maturity of one year or less. Consequently, their 
carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  

Subordinated debt – The floating issuances curves to maturity are averaged to obtain an index. The spread between BBB-rated bank 
debt and 25-year swap rates is determined to calculate the spread on outstanding trust preferred securities. The discount margin is then 
added to the index to arrive at a discount rate, which determines the present value of projected cash flows.  

Accrued interest payable – The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of these liabilities’ fair value. The fair value of unrecorded 
commitments at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 is not material.  

In addition, other assets and liabilities of the Company that are not defined as financial instruments are not included in the disclosures, 
such as property and equipment. Also, non-financial instruments typically not recognized in financial statements nevertheless may 
have value but are not included in the above disclosures. These include, among other items, the estimated earning power of core 
deposit accounts, the trained work force, customer goodwill and similar items. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts 
presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company.  

88 

 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:  

ASSETS: 
Cash and cash equivalents ...................................   $ 
Investment securities available-for-sale ..............     
Trading securities ................................................     
Loans held for sale ..............................................     
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses ...............     
Bank-owned life insurance ..................................     
Accrued interest receivable .................................     

LIABILITIES: 
Demand, savings and money market deposits .....   $ 
Time deposits ......................................................     
Short-term borrowings ........................................     
Federal Home Loan Bank advances – short 

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 2014 

Carrying 
Amount

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3 

Fair Value

10,569    $
162,247     
7,861     
632     
354,983     
16,990     
1,723     

10,569    $
3,049     
—     
632     
—     
16,990     
1,723     

—     $ 
158,419       
7,861       
—       
—       
—       
—       

—  $
779 
— 
— 
359,518 
— 
— 

10,569 
162,247 
7,861 
632 
359,518 
16,990 
1,723 

326,554    $
130,207     
4,259     

326,554    $
—     
4,259     

—     $ 
—       
—       

—  $

133,171 
— 

326,554 
133,171 
4,259 

term ................................................................     

15,500 

6,000 

—       

9,490 

15,490 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances – long 

term ................................................................     
Subordinated debt ...............................................     
Accrued interest payable .....................................     

25,000     
5,155     
248     

—     
—     
248     

—       
—       
—       

26,194 
4,573 
— 

26,194 
4,573 
248 

(Amounts in thousands) 

December 31, 2013 

Carrying 
Amount

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Fair Value 

12,396    $
160,886     
7,247     
656     
343,069     
15,049     
1,675     

12,396    $
3,049     
—     
656     
—     
15,049     
1,675     

—     $ 
147,701       
7,247       
—       
—       
—       
—       

—  $

10,136 
— 
— 
349,190 
— 
— 

12,396 
160,886 
7,247 
656 
349,190 
15,049 
1,675 

—     $ 
—       
—       

—       

—       
—       
—       

—  $

135,712 
— 

316,708 
135,712 
3,804 

— 

8,100 

36,646 
4,694 
— 

36,646 
4,694 
290 

ASSETS: 
Cash and cash equivalents ...................................   $ 
Investment securities available-for-sale ..............     
Trading securities ................................................     
Loans held for sale ..............................................     
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses ...............     
Bank-owned life insurance ..................................     
Accrued interest receivable .................................     

LIABILITIES: 
Demand, savings and money market deposits .....   $ 
Time deposits ......................................................     
Short-term borrowings ........................................     
Federal Home Loan Bank advances – short 

316,708    $
131,961     
3,804     

316,708    $
—     
3,804     

term ................................................................     

8,100 

8,100 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances – long 

term ................................................................     
Subordinated debt ...............................................     
Accrued interest payable .....................................     

34,500     
5,155     
290     

—     
—     
290     

89 

 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
     
   
  
 
    
        
        
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
        
        
        
 
    
 
    
        
        
        
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
     
   
 
    
        
        
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
        
        
        
 
    
 
    
        
        
        
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following table presents quantitative information about the Level 3 significant unobservable inputs for assets and liabilities 
measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2014. 

(Amounts in 
thousands)
Fair value at 
December 31, 
2014 

Trust preferred securities ......   $ 

779 

Valuation 
Technique
Discounted Cash 
Flow 

Significant 
Unobservable Input  
Projected
Prepayments 

Projected
Defaults 

Description of Inputs

1) Trust preferred securities issued by banks subject to Dodd-
Frank's phase-out of trust preferred securities from Tier 1 Capital.  
All fixed rate within one year; variable rate at increasing intervals 
depending on spread. 
2) Trust preferred securities issued by healthy, well capitalized 
banks that have fixed rate coupons greater than 8%. 
3) 1% annually for all other fixed rate issues and all variable rate 
issues. 
4) Zero for collateral issued by REITs and 2% for insurance 
companies.

1) All deferring issuers that do not meet the criteria for curing, as 
described below, are projected to default immediately. 
2) Banks with high, near team default risk are identified using a 
CAMELS model, and projected to default immediately. Healthy 
banks are projected to default at a rate of 2% annually for 2 years, 
and 0.36% annually thereafter. 
3) Insurance and REIT defaults are projected according to the 
historical default rates exhibited by companies with the same credit 
ratings. Historical default rates are doubled in each of the first two 
years of the projection to account for current economic conditions. 
Unrated issuers are assumed to have CCC- ratings.

Projected Cures

1) Deferring issuers that have definitive agreements to either be 
acquired or recapitalized. 

Projected
Recoveries

1) Zero for insurance companies, REITs and insolvent banks, and 
10% for projected bank deferrals lagged 2 years.

Discount Rates

1) Ranging from ~10.24% to ~15.75%, depending on each bond's 
seniority and remaining subordination after projected losses.

Impaired loans ......................  

6,288 

Appraisal of
Collateral (1)

Appraisal
Adjustments (2)

Range (0)% to (40)%
Weighted average (23)% 

Liquidation
Expenses (2)

Range (0)% to (33)%
Weighted average (6)%

Other real estate owned ........  

40 

Appraisal of
Collateral (1), (3)  

Appraisal
Adjustments (2)

    0%

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral, which generally include various Level 3 inputs which are not 
identifiable.  
Appraisals may be adjusted by management for qualitative factors such as economic conditions and estimated liquidation expenses. The range and weighted 
average of liquidation expenses are presented as a percent of the appraisal. The adjustment of appraised value is measured as the effect on fair value as a 
percentage of unpaid principal.  
Includes qualitative adjustments by management and estimated liquidation expenses.  

90 

 
  
  
      
  
   
  
 
  
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
  
  
      
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
  
 
     
 
 
 
 
  
  
      
 
 
 
      
 
  
  
 
     
 
 
 
 
  
  
      
 
 
 
      
 
  
  
 
     
 
 
 
 
  
  
      
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
  
 
     
 
 
 
 
  
  
      
 
 
 
   
 
  
     
 
 
 
  
  
      
 
 
 
      
 
  
  
 
     
 
 
 
 
  
  
      
 
 
 
      
 
  
     
 
  
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following table presents quantitative information about the Level 3 significant unobservable inputs for assets and liabilities 
measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2013. 

(Amounts in 
thousands) 
Fair value at 
December 31, 
2013 

Valuation 
Technique 

Trust preferred securities .....   $ 

10,136       Discounted Cash 

Flow 

Significant 
Unobservable Input  
Projected 
Prepayments 

Projected 
Defaults 

Description of Inputs 

1) Trust preferred securities issued by banks subject to Dodd-
Frank's phase-out of trust preferred securities from Tier 1 Capital.  
All fixed rate within one year; variable rate at increasing intervals 
depending on spread. 
2) Trust preferred securities issued by healthy, well capitalized 
banks that have fixed rate coupons greater than 8%. 
3) 1% annually for all other fixed rate issues and all variable rate 
issues. 
4) Zero for collateral issued by REITs and 2% for insurance 
companies.

1) All deferring issuers that do not meet the criteria for curing, as 
described below, are  projected to default immediately. 
2) Banks with high, near team  default risk are identified using a 
CAMELS model, and projected to default immediately.  Healthy 
banks are projected to default at a rate of 2% annually for 2 years, 
and 0.36% annually thereafter. 
3) Insurance and REIT defaults are projected according to the 
historical default rates exhibited by companies with the same credit 
ratings. Historical default rates are doubled in each of the first two 
years of the projection to account for current economic conditions. 
Unrated issuers are assumed to have CCC- ratings.

Projected Cures 

1) Deferring issuers that have definitive agreements to either be 
acquired or  recapitalized. 

Projected 
Recoveries

1) Zero for insurance companies, REITs and insolvent banks, and 
10% for projected bank deferrals lagged 2 years. 

Discount Rates 

1) Ranging from ~5.65% to ~17.85%, depending on each bond's 
seniority and remaining subordination after projected losses. 

Impaired loans .....................     

5,251      

Appraisal of 
Collateral (1)

Appraisal 
Adjustments  (2)

Range (7)% to (30)% 
Weighted average (21)% 

Liquidation 
Expenses (2)

Range (0)% to (26)% 
Weighted average (6)%

Other real estate owned .......     

33      

Appraisal of 
Collateral (1), (3)  

Appraisal 
Adjustments  (2)

  0% 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral, which generally include various Level 3 inputs which are not 
identifiable.  
Appraisals may be adjusted by management for qualitative factors such as economic conditions and estimated liquidation expenses. The range and weighted 
average of liquidation expenses are presented as a percent of the appraisal. The adjustment of appraised value is measured as the effect on fair value as a 
percentage of unpaid principal.  
Includes qualitative adjustments by management and estimated liquidation expenses.  

91 

 
  
  
     
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
     
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
  
 
  
     
     
  
 
 
 
  
     
     
  
  
      
 
  
     
     
  
 
 
 
  
     
     
  
  
      
 
  
     
     
  
 
 
 
  
     
     
  
  
 
  
     
     
  
 
 
 
  
     
        
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
  
 
  
      
 
  
     
        
 
 
 
  
     
        
 
  
      
 
  
     
     
  
 
  
      
 
  
     
        
 
  
      
 
 
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTE 12 - ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME  

The following table presents the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss by component net of tax for the years ended 
December 31, 2014 and 2013. 

(Amounts in thousands)

Balance as of December 31, 2012 ...................................................................................  $
Other comprehensive income before reclassification......................................................   
Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss .................................   
Total other comprehensive income ............................................................................   
Balance as of December 31, 2013 ...................................................................................  $
Other comprehensive income before reclassification......................................................   
Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss .................................   
Total other comprehensive income ............................................................................   
Balance as of December 31, 2014 ...................................................................................  $

 (a) 

All amounts are net of tax. Amounts in parentheses indicate debits.  

Unrealized gains on 
available-for-sale 
securities (a) 

Change in pension and 
postretirement obligations  
— 
(28)
— 
(28)
(28)
45 
— 
45 
17 

(1,707 )    $ 
(2,090 )      
937        
(1,153 )      
(2,860 )    $ 
3,607        
(388 )      
3,219        
359      $ 

The following table presents significant amounts reclassified out of each component of accumulated other comprehensive income for 
the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.  

Details about other comprehensive income or 

loss: 

Unrealized gains on available-for-sale  

securities .........................................................  $

$

(Amounts in thousands)

December 31, 2014
Amount reclassified from 
accumulated other comprehensive 
income

Affected line item in the statement 
where net income is presented

Investment securities 
(588)  
available-for-sale  gains, net 
200    Federal income tax expense 
(388)   Net of tax 

(Amounts in thousands)

December 31, 2013
Amount reclassified from 
accumulated other comprehensive 
income

Affected line item in the statement 
where net income is presented

Details about other comprehensive income or 

loss: 

Unrealized gains on available-for-sale 

securities ........................................................  $

1,954   

Net impairment losses 
recognized in earnings 
Investment securities 
available-for-sale  gains, net 

(535)  
(482)   Federal income tax benefit 
937    Net of tax 

$

92 

 
  
  
 
  
     
  
  
 
    
  
 
    
  
 
 
    
      
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
    
  
 
 
    
      
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTE 13 - REGULATORY MATTERS  

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. 
Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material 
effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the requirements for the Company to remain a 
financial holding company, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s 
assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s capital 
amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other 
factors.  

At December 31, 2014, quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain: 
(1) a minimum ratio of 4% both for total Tier I risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets and for Tier I risk-based capital to average 
assets, and (2) a minimum ratio of 8% for total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets.  

Under the requirements for the Company to remain a financial holding company, the Company is categorized as well-capitalized, 
which requires minimum capital ratios of 10% for total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets and 6% for Tier I risk-based capital 
to risk-weighted assets. Management believes that as of December 31, 2014, the Company meets all capital adequacy requirements to 
which it is subject.  

(Amounts in thousands) 
December 31, 

2014

2013

Amount

Ratio

Amount 

Ratio

Total Risk-Based Capital ..........................................   $

63,704         

   $

58,774          

Ratio to Risk-Weighted Assets ...............................       

15.82%      

Tier I Risk-Based Capital ..........................................   $

58,705         

   $

54,927          

Ratio to Risk-Weighted Assets ...............................       
Ratio to Average Assets .........................................       

14.58%      
10.66%      

14.19%

13.26%
10.35%

Tier I risk-based capital is shareholders’ equity, noncumulative and cumulative perpetual preferred stock, qualifying trust preferred 
securities and non-controlling interests less intangibles, disallowed deferred tax assets and the unrealized market value adjustment of 
investment securities available-for-sale. Total risk-based capital is Tier I risk-based capital plus the qualifying portion of the allowance 
for loan losses.  

NOTE 14 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS  

Certain directors, executive officers and companies with whom they are affiliated were loan customers during 2014. The following is 
an analysis of such loans:  

Total related-party loans at December 31, 2013 ..........................   $
New related-party loans ...............................................................    
Repayments or other ....................................................................    
Total related-party loans at December 31, 2014 .......................   $

2,873   
3,034   
(1,742 ) 
4,165   

(Amounts in thousands) 

Deposits from executive officers, directors, and their affiliates at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were $2.6 million and $2.4 million, 
respectively.  

The banking relationships were made in the ordinary course of business with the Bank.  

93 

 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
    
  
  
  
      
      
  
  
      
      
      
      
 
  
  
  
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTE 15 - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION – PARENT COMPANY  

Below is condensed financial information of Cortland Bancorp (parent company only). In this information, the Parent’s investment in 
subsidiaries is stated at cost, including equity in the undistributed earnings of the subsidiaries, adjusted for any unrealized gains or 
losses on available-for-sale securities.  

BALANCE SHEETS 

(Amounts in thousands) 

ASSETS 

Cash ...................................................................................................................................   $
Investment in bank subsidiary ...........................................................................................    
Investment in non-bank subsidiary ....................................................................................    
Subordinated note from subsidiary bank ...........................................................................    
Other assets .......................................................................................................................    
Total assets.................................................................................................................. $

LIABILITIES 

Other liabilities ..................................................................................................................   $
Subordinated debt (Note 7) ...............................................................................................    
     Total liabilities ..........................................................................................................
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY ..........................................................................................

Common stock ...................................................................................................................    
Additional paid-in capital ..................................................................................................    
Retained earnings ..............................................................................................................    
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) .............................................................    
Treasury stock ...................................................................................................................    
Total shareholders’ equity ...........................................................................................

Total liabilities & shareholders’ equity .................................................................... $

STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

(Amounts in thousands) 

December 31,

2014 

2013

96   
52,082   
15   
6,000   
3,650   
61,843   

836   
5,155   
5,991   

23,641   
20,833   
14,555   
376   
(3,553 ) 
55,852   
61,843   

   $

$

   $

$

204 
45,813 
15 
6,000 
3,478 
55,510 

820 
5,155 
5,975 

23,641 
20,833 
11,502 
(2,888)
(3,553)
49,535 
55,510 

Years ended December 31,
2013 

2014 

2012

Dividends from bank subsidiary .........................................................................................   $
Interest and dividend income ..............................................................................................    
Investment securities losses ................................................................................................    
Other income .......................................................................................................................    
Interest on subordinated debt ..............................................................................................    
Other expenses ....................................................................................................................    
Income (loss) before income tax and equity in undistributed earnings 

of subsidiaries ...............................................................................................................
Income tax benefit ...............................................................................................................    
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries .................................................................    
Net income ......................................................................................................................... $
Comprehensive income ..................................................................................................... $

1,013     $ 
93       
—       
62       
(88 )     
(311 )     

769       
95       
3,005       
3,869     $ 
7,133     $ 

544    $
96     
—     
99     
(90)    
(380)    

269     
104     
1,411     
1,784    $
603    $

136 
107 
(16)
113 
(100)
(340)

(100)
125 
2,888 
2,913 
3,869 

94 

 
  
  
 
  
    
 
    
    
    
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
    
    
    
 
  
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
    
  
 
  
    
   
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

(Amounts in thousands) 

Years ended December 31,
2013 

2014

2012

3,869   

   $ 

1,784 

   $

2,913 

Cash flow (deficit) from operating activities 

Net income ..................................................................................................................   $
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash deficit from operating activities: 
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries ......................................................    
Deferred tax benefit .....................................................................................................    
Investment securities losses .........................................................................................    
Change in other assets and liabilities ...........................................................................    
Net cash flow (deficit) from operating activities ......................................................    

Cash flow from investing activities 
     Proceeds from sales of securities ..............................................................................    
Net cash flows from investing activities ...................................................................    

Cash deficit from financing activities 

Dividends paid .............................................................................................................    
  Treasury shares reissued ..............................................................................................    
Net cash deficit from financing activities .................................................................    
Net change in cash .......................................................................................................    

Cash 

(3,005 ) 
—   
—   
(156 ) 
708   

—     
—   

(816 ) 
—     
(816 ) 
(108 ) 

(1,411)
(6)
— 
113 
480 

—    
— 

(544)
24 
(520)
(40)

Beginning of year ........................................................................................................    
End of year ..................................................................................................................   $

204   
96   

   $ 

244 
204 

   $

(2,888)
(14)
16 
(180)
(153)

77 
77 

(136)
— 
(136)
(212)

456 
244 

NOTE 16 - DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS  

The Bank is subject to a dividend restriction that generally limits the amount of dividends that can be paid by an Ohio state-chartered 
bank. Under the Ohio Banking Code, cash dividends may not exceed net profits as defined for that year combined with retained net 
profits for the two preceding years less any required transfers to surplus. Under this formula, the amount available for payment of 
dividends in 2015 is $4.4 million plus 2015 profits retained up to the date of the dividend declaration.  

NOTE 17 – LITIGATION  

The Bank is involved in legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the outcomes from 
these other matters, either individually or in the aggregate, are not expected to have any material effect on the Company.  

95 

 
  
  
  
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
  
       
 
       
 
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
   
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
  
 
   
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
     
    
  
    
   
 
     
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
     
    
 
 
 
 
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures - None  
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures  

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. With the supervision and participation by management, including the Company’s 
principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 
13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)) has been evaluated as of the end of the 
period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer 
have concluded that these controls and procedures were effective.  

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. The report on management’s assessment of internal 
control over financial reporting is included in Item 8.  

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that 
there have been no changes during the fourth quarter of 2014 in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in 
Rules 13a-13 and 15d-15 of the Exchange Act) that have materially affected, or are reasonable likely to materially affect, internal 
control over financial reporting.  

Item 9B. Other Information – Not applicable.  

PART III 

Item l0. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance  

Information relating to this item will be set forth in the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed on or about March 24, 2015 
in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 20, 2015 (the “Proxy Statement”). The information contained 
in the Proxy Statement under the following captions is incorporated herein by reference: “Board Nominees,” “Continuing Directors,” 
“The Board of Directors and Committees of the Board,” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.”  

Information relating to executive officers of the Company is set forth in Part I of this Form 10-K.  

Item ll. Executive Compensation  

Information relating to this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement that is set forth under 
the following captions of “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation in 2014.”  

Item l2. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholders Matters  

Information relating to this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement that is set forth under 
the caption “Share Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers.”  

The Company has no compensation plan under which equity securities of the Company are authorized for issuance.  

Item l3. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence  

Information relating to this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement that is set forth under 
the captions of “Transactions with Related Persons” and “The Board of Directors and Committees of the Board.”  

Item l4. Principal Accountant Fees and Services  

Information relating to this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement that is set forth under 
the caption “Ratification of Independent Auditors.”  

96 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

Item l5. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules  

(a) 

l. Financial Statements  
Included in Part II of this report:  

Item 8. Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report: 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting ....................................................................... 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ................................................................................................... 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 ......................................................................................... 
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 ............................................. 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 ................... 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 ....................... 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 ...................................... 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements........................................................................................................................... 

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

(a) 

2. Financial Statement Schedules  

Financial statements schedules are omitted because the required information is either not applicable, not required or is not 
shown in the respective financial statements or in the notes thereto.  

(a) 

3. Exhibits Required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K  

All exhibits omitted. 

97 

 
 
 
  
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report 
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

SIGNATURES  

Date:  March 24, 2015   

CORTLAND BANCORP 

By:  /s/ James M. Gasior 
James M. Gasior 
President, Chief Executive Officer, Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on 
behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

/s/ Timothy K. Woofter 
Timothy K. Woofter 

/s/ James M. Gasior 
James M. Gasior 

/s/ Timothy Carney 
Timothy Carney 

/s/ David C. Cole 
David C. Cole 

/s/ James E. Hoffman, III 
James E. Hoffman, III 

/s/ Neil J. Kaback 
Neil J. Kaback 

/s/ Joseph E. Koch 
Joseph E. Koch 

/s/ Joseph P. Langhenry 
Joseph P. Langhenry 

/s/ Richard B. Thompson 
Richard B. Thompson 

/s/ Anthony R. Vross 
Anthony R. Vross 

/s/ David J. Lucido 
David J. Lucido 

Director and Chairman of the Board

President, Chief Executive Officer and  
Director (Principal Executive Officer) 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

March 24, 2015 
Date 

March 24, 2015 
Date 

March 24, 2015 
Date 

March 24, 2015 
Date 

March 24, 2015 
Date 

March 24, 2015 
Date 

March 24, 2015 
Date 

March 24, 2015 
Date 

March 24, 2015 
Date 

March 24, 2015 
Date 

Chief Financial Officer                         
 (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

March 24, 2015 
Date 

98 

 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND 

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

TIMOTHY K. WOOFTER 
Chairman of the Board 
President and Chief Executive Officer, Stan-Wade Metal Products 
Tank Manufacturer and Oil Equipment Distributor 

TIMOTHY CARNEY 
Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Corporate Secretary 
Cortland Bancorp and The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 

DAVID C. COLE 

Partner and President, 

Cole Valley Motor Company 
Automobile Dealership 

JAMES M. GASIOR 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Cortland Bancorp and The Cortland Savings and Banking Company 

GEORGE E. GESSNER 
Attorney, Gessner and Platt 
Law Firm 

JAMES E. HOFFMAN, III 
Attorney, Hoffman and Walker 
Law Firm 

NEIL J. KABACK 
Vice President, Cohen & Company, Ltd. 
Accounting Firm 

JOSEPH E. KOCH 
President, Joe Koch Construction 
Homebuilding, Developing and Remodeling Company 

JOSEPH P. LANGHENRY 
President and Chief Executive Officer, Watteredge, Inc. 
Power Conductor Devices and Accessories Manufacturer 

RICHARD B. THOMPSON 
Executive, Therm-O-Link, Inc. 
Electrical Wire and Cable Manufacturer 

ANTHONY R. VROSS 
Executive, Simon Roofing 
Commercial Roofing and Industrial Roof Maintenance 

DIRECTOR EMERITUS 

K. RAY MAHAN  

 
 
 
 
 
CORTLAND BANCORP 

 EXECUTIVE OFFICERS  
JAMES M. GASIOR  
President and Chief Executive Officer  
TIMOTHY CARNEY  
Executive Vice President,  
Chief Operating Officer and Corporate Secretary  

DAVID J. LUCIDO  
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

STANLEY P. FERET  
Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer  

THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY   

OFFICERS

JAMES M. GASIOR 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

TIMOTHY CARNEY 
Executive Vice President, 
Chief Operating Officer and Corporate Secretary

KAREN BOSLEY 
Assistant Vice President 
Community Banking Manager/Business Banking Officer

NICHOLAS P. BERARDINO 
Vice President 
Commercial Banking Officer 

BRENT BLAUS 
Vice President 
Financial Advisor 

HEATHER J. BOWSER 
Assistant Vice President 
Collection Officer 

DANIELLE CANTRELL 
Vice President 
Retail, Business Banking and Investment Sales Manager

 MELANIE CHRISTIE 
 Assistant Vice President 
Compliance Officer 

JONI EVERSON 
Vice President 
Retail Mortgage Banking Officer 

DEBORAH L. EAZOR 
Vice President 
Operations Manager 

JOAN M. FRANGIAMORE 
Vice President 
Controller 

BRETT GATTA 
 Assistant Vice President 
Commercial Banking Portfolio Manager 

DAVID J. LUCIDO 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

STANLEY P. FERET 
Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer 

KAREN MILLER 
Assistant Secretary 
Branch Training Coordinator

LANCE A. MORRISON 
Vice President 
General Counsel/Director of Human Resources

ROBERT MEEK 
Assistant Vice President 
Treasury Management/Sales Representative

KEITH MROZEK 
Vice President 
Special Assets/Loan Review

ROCCO PAGE 
Vice President 
Retail Mortgage Banking Officer

RICHARD M. PAVLOCK 
Vice President 
Retail Mortgage Banking Officer

KIMBERLY POWELL 
Vice President 
Financial Advisor 

MICHELLE REILLY 
Vice President, Assistant Treasurer 
Mortgage Banking/ Funds Management

STACIE SALYARD 
Vice President 
Special Assets/Loan Review

BARBARA R. SANDROCK 
Vice President 
Information Systems Manager

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
JOHN HEWITT 
Vice President 
Credit Manager 

JANET K. HOUSER 
Assistant Vice President 
Electronic Banking Specialist 

JAMES HUGHES 
Assistant Vice President 
Community Banking Manager/Business Banking Officer

BRYAN IGNAZIO 
Assistant Vice President 
Community Banking Manager/Business Banking Officer

DAVID KOVACS 
Assistant Vice President 
Commercial Banking Officer 

MICHELE LEE 
Assistant Vice President 
Community Banking Manager/Business Banking Officer

ANGELO LOCASTRO 
Assistant Vice President 
Community Banking Manager/Business Banking Officer

DARLENE MACK 
Assistant Vice President 
Human Resources Manager 

MELISSA MAKI 
Assistant Vice President 
Director of Marketing and Communications

STANLEY MAGIELSKI 
Vice President 
Commercial Banking Officer 

KAREN SHARP 
Vice President 
Retail Mortgage Banking Officer

JEROME L. SMITH 
Vice President 
Commercial Banking Officer

CARRIE STACKHOUSE 
Vice President 
Commercial Banking Officer

RUSSELL E. TAYLOR 
Assistant Vice President 
Director of Security 

A. JAMES TOTIN 
Vice President 
Commercial Banking Officer

JACQUELINE TREHARNE 
Assistant Vice President 
Mortgage Operations Manager

SHIRLEY A. WADE 
Assistant Vice President 
Executive Secretary 

JAMES E. WELLINGTON 
Vice President 
Retail Mortgage Banking Officer

MINDY WIESENSEE 
Assistant Vice President 
Community Banking Manager/Business Banking Officer

NICOLE WHITSEL 
Assistant Vice President 
Risk Manager/Compliance

 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

WWW.CORTLAND-BANKS.COM